274
Statement of Line 2 Work Being Performed 8 Basics of Ergonomic Seating 9 Basics of Adjustability 10 Additional Resources 14 Work Chairs Leap 462 Series 15 Leap 464 Series WorkLounge 35 Siento 499 Series 43 Criterion 453 Series 51 Think 465 Series 69 Amia 482 Series 93 Reply 466 Series 111 Drive 461 Series 121 Jersey Series 131 Protégé 433 Series 143 Cachet 487 Series 155 Collaborative Seating Ccobi 434 Series 171 Ii2i 416 Series 181 Nnode 480 Series 189 Multi-Use Chairs Jersey Series 131 Protégé 433 Series 143 Cachet 487 Series 155 Ally 463 Series 195 Player 475 Series 201 Move 490 Series 213 Snodgrass 474 Series 229 Stackable Chairs Max-Stacker 472 Series 235 Max-Stacker II 473 Series 245 Surface Materials 255 Resources 269 Seating Specification Guide What’s New? Spec News is available on in2.steelcase.com. Go to Specification Guides-AdStock, under Sales Resources/Sales Marketing Materials, and download the current release’s Spec News. Availability Electronic price list updated with release 170.J (U.S.) and 141.J (Canada), dated September 20, 2010. Transitional products in this specification guide are maintained for existing customers only and are likely to be phased out over time. These products are indicated with a S. Products that are scheduled to be culled are indicated with an G, followed by the last order entry date. cFor a list of all trademarks, refer to the last page of this specification guide. For Canadian Pricing Calculate in the following order to avoid rounding errors: Multiply the base price and each option by 1.10. Round each to the nearest dollar. Add base and options for total list price.

Seating Specification Guide

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

The Seating Specfication Guide for all Steelcase seating.

Citation preview

Page 1: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line 2

Work Being Performed 8

Basics of Ergonomic Seating 9

Basics of Adjustability 10

Additional Resources 14

Work Chairs

Leap 462 Series 15

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge 35

Siento 499 Series 43

Criterion 453 Series 51

Think 465 Series 69

Amia 482 Series 93

Reply 466 Series 111

Drive 461 Series 121

Jersey Series 131

Protégé 433 Series 143

Cachet 487 Series 155

Collaborative Seating

Ccobi 434 Series 171

Ii2i 416 Series 181

Nnode 480 Series 189

Multi-Use Chairs

Jersey Series 131

Protégé 433 Series 143

Cachet 487 Series 155

Ally 463 Series 195

Player 475 Series 201

Move 490 Series 213

Snodgrass 474 Series 229

Stackable Chairs

Max-Stacker 472 Series 235

Max-Stacker II 473 Series 245

Surface Materials 255

Resources 269

SeatingSpecification Guide

What’s New?Spec News is available on in2.steelcase.com. Go to Specification Guides-AdStock, under SalesResources/Sales Marketing Materials, anddownload the current release’s Spec News.

AvailabilityElectronic price list updated with release170.J (U.S.) and 141.J (Canada), dated September 20, 2010.

Transitional products in this specification guideare maintained for existing customers only andare likely to be phased out over time. Theseproducts are indicated with a S. Products thatare scheduled to be culled are indicated with anG, followed by the last order entry date.

cFor a list of alltrademarks, refer to the lastpage of this specificationguide.

For Canadian PricingCalculate in the following order to avoid roundingerrors:• Multiply the base price

and each option by 1.10.• Round each to the

nearest dollar.• Add base and options for

total list price.

Page 2: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line

2 Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series

StoolsUpholstery on Back and Seat

Work Chairs

Work Chairs 3D Knit on Back withUpholstery on Seat

Work ChairsUpholstery on Back and Seat

Stools3D Knit on Back withUpholstery on Seat

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge

Ribbon Back Frame WorkLounge

Ottoman

Siento

High-BackDesk Chair withFixed T-Arms

High-BackDesk Chair withEnclosed Arms

Mid-BackDesk Chair with Fixed T-Arms

Mid-BackDesk Chair with Enclosed Arms

High-BackDesk Chair with Adjustable T-Arms

Mid-BackDesk Chair with Adjustable T-Arms

UnderstandingcPages 16–23

SpecifyingcPages 24–33

UnderstandingcPages 36–39

SpecifyingcPages 40–41

UnderstandingcPages 44–45

SpecifyingcPages 46–49

Page 3: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Criterion 453 Series

Work Chairs, continued

High-BackWork Chairs

Mid-BackWork Chairs

High-BackStools

Mid-BackStools

Plus High-BackWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 3

Work Chairswith 3D Knit Back

Work Chairs with Standard or Sewn Upholstery

Think 465 Series

Stools with3D Knit Back

Stools with Standard or Sewn Upholstery

Amia 482 Series

Work Chairs with 3D Knit Back

Stools with 3D Knit Back

Work Chairs with Standard or Sewn Upholstery

Stools with Standard or Sewn Upholstery

UnderstandingcPages 52–57

SpecifyingcPages 58–67

UnderstandingcPages 70–75

SpecifyingcPages 76–91

UnderstandingcPages 94–99

SpecifyingcPages 102–109

Page 4: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line, continued

4 Seating Specification Guide

Work Chairs, continued

Swivel-BaseWork Chairs

Swivel-BaseStools

Work Chairs

Jersey Series UnderstandingcPages 132–137

SpecifyingcPages 138–141

UnderstandingcPages 144–147

SpecifyingcPages 148–154

Cachet 487 Series UnderstandingcPages 156–159

SpecifyingcPages 160–169

Protégé 433 Series

Work Chairwith mesh back

Reply 466 Series

Full-BackWork Chairs

UnderstandingcPages 112

SpecifyingcPages 118-119

UnderstandingcPages 122–127

SpecifyingcPages 128–129

Drive 461 Series

Work Chairswith arms

Work Chairswithout arms

Work Chairwith standard or sewn upholstery

Page 5: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line

Seating Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 5

Collaborative Chair With Arms

Collaborative Chair Without Arms

Collaborative Stool With Arms

Collaborative Stool Without Arms

Collaborative Chair

cobi 434 Series

i2i 416 Series

Collaborative Chair with Tablet Arm

UnderstandingcPages 172–175

SpecifyingcPages 176–179

UnderstandingcPages 182–185

SpecifyingcPage 186

Collaborative Chairs

Collaborative Chair

node 480 Series

Collaborative Chair with Personal Worksurface

UnderstandingcPages 190-191

SpecifyingcPage 194

Page 6: Seating Specification Guide

Statement of Line, continued

6 Seating Specification Guide

Multi-Use Chairs

Leg-Base*Multi-Use ChairsWithout Arms

Leg-Base*Multi-Use ChairsWith Arms

Sled-BaseMulti-Use ChairsWithout Arms

Sled-BaseMulti-Use ChairsWith Arms

Stool With Arms StoolWithout Arms

*Player leg-base chair models also stack.

Player 475 Series

Ally 463 Series

Sled-BaseMulti-Use ChairWith Arms

Sled-BaseMulti-Use ChairWithout Arms

UnderstandingcPages 196–199

SpecifyingcPage 200

UnderstandingcPages 202–205

SpecifyingcPages 206–212

Jersey Series

Multi-Use ChairWith Arms

Multi-Use ChairWithout Arms

Multi-Use ChairWith Arms and With Casters

Multi-Use ChairWithout Arms and With Casters

UnderstandingcPages 132–137

SpecifyingcPages 138–141

Leg-BaseMulti-Use ChairsWithout Arms

Leg-BaseMulti-Use ChairsWith Flip-Up Arms

Multi-Use Chairswith arms

Sled-BaseMulti-Use Chairs

Multi-Use Chairswithout arms

Protégé 433 Series UnderstandingcPages 144–147

SpecifyingcPages 148–154

Cachet 487 Series UnderstandingcPages 156–159

SpecifyingcPages 160–169

Page 7: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 7

Stackable Chairs Stackable Chairs

Stackable Chairs

Statement of Line

Multi-Use ChairsWith Arms and Casters

Multi-Use ChairsWithout ArmsWith Casters

Multi-Use Chairs Without Arms

Move 490 Series

Snodgrass 474 Series

StoolWithout Arms

StoolWithout ArmsWith Casters

StoolWith Arms

Stool With ArmsWith Casters

Multi-Use ChairsWith Open BackWith Arms

Multi-Use ChairsWith Open BackArmless

UnderstandingcPages 214–217

SpecifyingcPages 218–227

UnderstandingcPages 230–233

SpecifyingcPage 234

Max-Stacker II 473 SeriesMax-Stacker 472 Series UnderstandingcPages 236–239

SpecifyingcPages 240–243

UnderstandingcPages 246–249

SpecifyingcPages 250–253

Multi-Use ChairsWith Arms

Multi-Use Chairs, continued

Page 8: Seating Specification Guide

8 Seating Specification Guide

Work Being Performed

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

groupcollaborating

individualanalyzing orcreating(multi-task)

groupcommunicating

individualprocessing(task-intensive)

Short-Term Sit

Long-Term Sit

AutonomyLow High

Inte

ract

ion

Low

High

Work Being Performed… Interaction and Autonomy Seating Matrix

Long-Term Sit

Short periods of sittingModerate computer use

Long periods of sittingHeavy computer use

Drive

The more repetitive thetask (individual processingwork), the more critical itis to have a long-term, sitchair with fulladjustability.

In some cases, a short-term, sit chair can be usedfor short-term, individualanalyzing or creating.

Criterion

Jersey

Leap Think

Short-Term Sit

Note

Cachet Protégé

Amia

i2icobi node

Reply

Page 9: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 9

Basics of Ergonomic Seating

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Proper ergonomicseating can help workersperform more efficiently andavoid muscle and eye strain.

When keying ormousing, forearms areparallel to the floor.

Feet are flat on the floor or on a footrest.

Screen is 20 to 30 inchesfrom the eyes.

Screen is at eye levelslightly lower and directly infront of worker so head isnot turned.

Neck is straight or slightlyforward.

Back has full contact withthe backrest (sit all the wayback in your chair).

Shoulders are relaxed soarms hang naturally.

Lower back fits intocurved lumbar support.

Tension is adjusted sobackrest tilts easily, yetprovides smooth, evensupport.

Elbows and forearmscan rest comfortably on thearms of your chair, or onworksurfaces that are usedfor writing, paperwork, andother tasks.

If worksurfaces andkeyboard support arenot height-adjustable, raiseyour chair’s seat height toachieve the appropriaterelationship to your tasks. If this leaves your feetdangling above the floor,use a Details footrest.

Call Details,1.800.833.0411, or yourSteelcase dealer, foradditional information orprice list.

Thighs are parallel to thefloor.

Keyboard is at elbowheight.

ANSI/BIFMA is the Ameri-can National StandardsInstitute/Business and Insti-tutional Furniture Manufac-turer’s Association. AllSteelcase furniture meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMAstandards for structuralquality. The following workchairs are tested andwarranted for users 300pounds and under: Leap,Siento, Criterion, Think,Amia, Drive, Jersey,Protégé, and Cachet. Collaborative chairs testedand warranted for users 300pounds and under are: cobiand i2i. Multi-use chairstested and warranted forusers 300 pounds andunder are: Move, Player,Jersey, and Cachet. AllSteelcase Seating productsalso follow the ergonomicguidelines established inBIFMA G1-2002.

Wrists should be straightwhen keying or mousing,not bent up or down.

Top of monitor should beat eye level.

Basics of ErgonomicSeating

Keep frequently viewedobjects, such as a VDT or source document, at orbelow the horizontal line of sight. Arrange displayscreen and documents tobe equidistant from youreyes.

Page 10: Seating Specification Guide

10 Seating Specification Guide

Basics of Adjustability

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Steelcase chairs offervarying levels of adjustabil-ity to meet the needs ofmany types of users. Adjust-able chairs may offer one ormore of these features:

Mechanisms

Natural-glide featurecauses the seat to slideforward as the user reclines,keeping the user within hisor her vision and reach zone(462, 464).

Advanced swivel-tiltfeature incorporates a nofront-rise design that allowsthe seat to remain leveleven when the user leansback (453, 433).

Synchro-tilt featuremeans the chair back andseat are synchronized tomove in a 2:1 ratio. Whenthe user leans back, theseat rises only half asmuch, allowing the user’sfeet to remain flat on thefloor (499, 461, 466, 482,Jersey).

Weight-activated featureallows for an amount ofrecline resistance that isdirectly proportional to theuser’s weight. The natural-glide feature keeps the userwithin vision and reachzone (434, 465).

Balanced ActionRocker (BAR) mechanismallows users to recline asthe seat flexes. BAR relieson physics to let any user,regardless of posture,height, or weight, find themost comfortable position(487).

Dual-swivel feature allowsthe back and seat to swivelindependently as well astogether (416).

360°-swivel feature allowsmicromovement to stayengaged at fixed height(480).

Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic heightadjustment allows the userto remain seated whileadjusting the seat height byway of a control button orlever (all work chairs).

Passive seat edgeangle allows front edge ofseat to drop down whileseat angle remainsunchanged (462, 499, 465, 482).

Seat angle adjustmentallows the user to changethe angle of the seat to aforward position (453, 461,Jersey).

Seat depth adjustmentallows the user to slide theseat forward or back (462,453, 461, 465, 466, 482,Jersey).

Back Adjustments

Lumbar height affordsadditional lower back sup-port. Grasp lumbar handlesand slide up or down toadjust (462, 453, 461, 465,466, 482).

Lower back firmnesschanges the amount offirmness user feels in lowerback (462, 464).

Upper back tensionfeature provides an increas-ing amount of force thatincreases as the userreclines (462, 464).

Back tension adjustmentallows the user to controlthe amount of resistancefelt when leaning back inthe chair (all chairs except462, 499, 465, 466, 487).

Your Preference backcontrol includes foursettings—weight-activated,boosted, mid-stop, andupright—that allow forpersonal preference andwork styles (465).

Headrest adjustmentallows the user to supporthead and neck in upright orreclined posture (464, 465).

Variable back stopallows the user to lock theback upright or to preset the range of recline (462,453, 464).

Upright back lockallows the user to lock thebackrest in a full uprightposition or release it for fullrecline (499, 461, 433, 466,482, Jersey).

Back height adjustmentallows the user to raise orlower the chair back (453,466).

Page 11: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cBasics of Adjustability, continued 11

Basics of Adjustability

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Arm Adjustments

Arm height adjustmentallows the user to movethe arms up or downindependently (462, 453,461, 465, 466, 482, Jersey).

Arm width adjustmentallows the user to move thearms in or out indepen-dently (462, 453, 461, 465,482, Jersey).

Arm pivot adjustmentsallows the user to positionarm rests as appropriate forthe task being performed(462, 453, 461, 465, 466,482, Jersey).

Arm depth adjustmentallows users to get closer to their work by chair armsmoving out of the way (462,465, 466, 482).

Other Features

Foot ring height can beadjusted up or down foruser comfort. Cannot bedone from seated position(434, 462, 453, 465, 482,487).

Page 12: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Work Chair Adjustability Features For Long-Term SittingLeap Leap Siento Criterion Criterion Plus Think Amia Reply Drive Jersey462 464 Series 499 Series 453 Series 453 Series 465 Series 482 Series 466 Series 461 Series SeriescPage 15 WorkLounge cPage 43 cPage 51 cPage 51 cPage 69 cPage 93 cPage 111 cPage 121 cPage 131

cPage 35

Mechanisms

Natural glide • •Weight-activated •Advanced swivel-tilt • •Synchro-tilt • • • • •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height • • • • • • • • •Passive seatedge angle • • • •Seat angle • • • •Seat depth • • •* • • • • •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height • • • • • •* •Lower back firmness • • •Upper back tension • •Back tension • • • • • • • •Variable back stop • • • •Upright back lock • • • • • • • •Back height • • •*

Arm Adjustments

Arm height • • • • • • • •Arm width • • • • • • •Arm pivot • • • • • • •Arm depth • • • •Other Features

Foot ring height (stool) • • • •Headrest • • •* •*See product understanding pages for additional details.

Basics of Adjustability, continued

12 Seating Specification Guide

Page 13: Seating Specification Guide

Work Chair Adjustability Features For Short-Term SittingProtégé Cachet cobi i2i node433 Series 487 Series 434 Series 416 Series 480 SeriescPage 143 cPage 155 cPage 173 cPage 183 cPage 191

Mechanisms

Advanced swivel-tilt •Balanced ActionRocker (BAR) •Weight-activated •Dual-swivel •360° swivel •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height • • •Back Adjustments

Back tension •Upright back lock •Self adjusting • • •

Basics of Adjustability

Seating Specification Guide 13

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Page 14: Seating Specification Guide

14 Seating Specification Guide

Additional Resources

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Steelcase seating issupported with an array of informational materials,tools, and software to helpyou plan efficiently.

Product brochures andplanning tools can beordered through yourSteelcase area office bycalling 1.800.784.0358 or through the SteelcaseMarketing CommunicationsWeb site atin2.steelcase.com.

Printed MaterialsSeating Overview This full-color overviewdivides chairs into threecategories–work chairs,multi-use chairs, and lounge.The overview brochureincludes a four-page foldoutthat contains a visual indexand shows customers thearray of Steelcase Inc.seating lines.Form number 07-0000836

Surface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of the

surface materials and their categories

• “Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabric

and seating upholsteryselection listing

• Technical data for surface materials

• Surface material care and cleaning instructions

Planning ToolsQuick DeliveryHandbookThis handbook describes all Steelcase, Turnstone,Details, and Coalesseproducts that are availablefor Rapid2 (ships in 2 days),Rapid5 (ships in 5-7 days),Express12 (12-day delivery),or 15-Day Coalesse (15-dayshipment).

Computer Tools

Product InfoElectronic versions of thisand many otherspecification guides inAcrobat PDF (PortableDocument Format) allowyou to scan, search, andprint any page on virtuallyany computer. You canaccess these files at theSteelcase.com Web site orMy Sales Online atin2.Steelcase.com.

Electronic CatalogAccurate sales quotationsand purchase orders forSteelcase products are created with specificationsoftware that usesSteelcase ElectronicCatalog data. Use the datato specify and price stylenumbers and options forevery Steelcase product.The data is updatedbimonthly by Steelcase and provided to software programs including: theHedberg Business System,SmartTools – Steelcase’sdesign and specificationsoftware (for more infor-mation on SmartTools,please [email protected]),the ProjectMatrix Project-Symbols libraries, as wellas 20-20 CAP Studio.

Furniture SymbolGraphic DataSteelcase creates 2D and3D furniture symbols (withattributes) for planning andinitially specifying Steelcaseproducts. This data is incorporated into severaladd-on software packagesthat work in either aMicrostation or an AutoCADdrafting environment.

More InformationFor more information aboutthese and other softwaretools to help you planeffective work environ-ments, [email protected]

Product Info

®

Seating ProductTrainingBasic training for Steelcaseseating products is availableas part of the BuildingProduct Muscle (BPM)curriculum on the SteelcaseUniversity Web site atin2.steelcase.com.

The course andaccompanying tool, called"isit", provide an overview ofthe most popular SteelcaseInc. seating products, theirpositioning, statement of line,features and advantages,key competitors, pricing,application, spec tips, andphotos. It also covers thebasics of the consultativeapproach to selling seatingand provides printable jobaids for ongoing performancesupport.

SupportSteelcase CapabilitiesSteelcase products are distributed, installed, andserviced through a networkof more than 600 dealersworldwide. Steelcase is alsorepresented with offices andcorporate showrooms in 26 U.S. cities, 4 Canadiancities, and in France, Ger-many, Great Britain, andJapan. Every Steelcaseproduct meets our excep-tionally high standards ofquality and durability andcomes with the Steelcaseassurance of excellence inservice.

For assistance, please call your localdealer, the SteelcaseSolutions Resource Team, or the SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment Team at 1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Call the Steelcase SolutionsResource Team prior toplacing an order, whenworking on a bid, or whenyou need information aboutproduct applications andspecifications.

Call the Steelcase SolutionsFulfillment Team if you havesubmitted an order toSteelcase and you need tospeak to your SolutionsFulfillment TeamRepresentative about theorder. Also call if you haveany post-shipment qualityor warranty concerns or service parts questions.

Outside the U.S.A.,Canada, Mexico, PuertoRico, and the U.S. VirginIslands, call 1.616.247.2500.

For information aboutSteelcase, the name of yournearest Steelcase dealer, orfor product literature, call1.800.333.9939 or visit ourWeb site: www.steelcase.com.

Page 15: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingLeap 462 SeriesWork Chairs

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the dayperforming repetitive tasks.By making a series of sim-ple adjustments, you cancustomize the chair to yourbody, preferences, andtasks. These chairs providecontinuous, stable, task-ori-ented comfort, and can bequickly adjusted to supportyou in upright, forward, andreclining work postures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability Features

cSee page 12 for Leapa comparison to 462other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Natural glide •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Passive seat edge angle •Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height •Lower back firmness •Upper back tension •Variable back stop •Arm Adjustments

Arm height •Arm width •Arm pivot •Arm depth •Other Features

Foot ring •height (stool)

Seating Specification Guide 15

Product Details

Leap 462 Series 16

Leap Upholstery 20

Dimensions 22

Specifying

Value Package

Work Chair 24

Work Chairs

Upholstery on Back and Seat 26

3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat 28

Stools

Upholstery on Back and Seat 30

3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat 32

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 16: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series

16 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Leap is a high performancechair for customers who placethe highest value on ergonom-ics, health, and productivity.

Arm width can adjust41⁄2" overall to provide fore-arm support.

Lumbar height adjusts 5"to provide additional lowerback support. It is standardon all chairs, but may beomitted.

Seat depth adjustswithin a 3" range to accom-modate users of varying leglengths. Seat depth is stan-dard on all models.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothlyon carpets. They are 21⁄2"for increased mobility. Soft,dual-wheel casters are avail-able for use on hard floors orchair mats. Stools are stan-dard with 2" hard casters.Soft casters are available asan option.

Arm caps can pivot 30˚in and out to accommodate individual user preferences.

Outer back and outerseat are plastic.

Five-arm base isavailable in plastic or polished aluminum.

Passive seat edgeangle allows the front edgeof the seat to flex 11⁄2" torelieve pressure under theuser's thighs.

Lower back firmnesschanges the amount of firmness user feels in lowerback. Requires only twocomplete turns.

Upper back forcerequires only five completeturns and accommodates abroader range of users byallowing user to change therate of increase in force asthe user reclines.

Arm height can adjustindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Seat height adjustswithin a 5" range with a pneu-matic adjustment mechanism.A 7" range is available as anoption. Stools have an 8"range.

Variable back stop withfive positions is standard.

Arm depth can retract 3"to allow user to get closer toworksurface and into tightcorners.

LiveBack moves with theshape of the user's spine assitting positions change.

Page 17: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

Arm Adjustments

Rectilinear height-,width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable armscome standard on all arm models of chairs and stools.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 4" (7"–11" from the seat).Push button on outside andunder arm cap in while movingarms up or down. Releasingbuttons locks arms in position.

Arm width adjusts 21/4"each independently on chairswith this option. Grasp arm andmove in or out.

Arms pivot in and out 30˚independently on models withadjustable-width arms. Grasparm and push front to left orright.

Arm depth adjusts approxi-mately 3" to enable user to get closer to worksurface.

3"

21/4"21/4"

4"

Back Adjustments

Lumbar height adjusts 5"(51⁄4" to 101⁄4" from seat) bygrabbing exposed tabs andsliding the lumbar support up or down. This feature isstandard on work chairs andstools, but may be omitted.

Lower back firmnessadjusts by turning knob twocomplete turns. Forwardincreases firmness. Back-ward decreases firmness.This feature is standard onwork chairs and stools.

Upper back forceadjusts by turning knob five complete turns. Turnknob forward to increaserate of tension; backward todecrease. This feature isstandard on work chairs andstools.

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically. To lower,hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up andkeep your weight off thechair. Range of adjustabilityis 5", from 151⁄2"H to 201⁄2"H,and is standard on workchairs. A 7" range of adjusta-bility (17"H to 24"H) is avail-able as an option. An 8"range of adjustability (22"H to 30"H) is available onstools.

Seat edge flexes 11⁄2",relieving pressure under theuser's thighs. This feature isstandard on all work chairsand stools.

Seat depth adjusts 3"(153⁄4"–183⁄4") by pullinghandle up. Slide seat for-ward or back to accommo-date various leg lengths.Release handle to lock. Thisfeature is standard on workchairs and stools.

2"1"

5"

Product Details

Parallel slats in backshell provide extensive flexi-bility to allow back to con-form to individual users.

Rectilinear arms with softcaps are standard.

Models are standard withadjustable seats that includeseat depth and passive seatedge angle.

Adjustability instruc-tions are included with everychair. Fully adjustable armmodels include instructionsunder the arm cap. Instruc-tions can also be found atsteelcase.com

Controls under the seatinclude tactile braille designators.

Leap 462 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide cLeap 462 Series, continued 17

Variable back stop.Rotate handle up or down toset recline angle. Lean backto desired back angle. Fivestops are available. This feature is standard on workchairs and stools.Tip: To stop in upright posi-tion, remove weight fromback and rotate lever up.

Headrest (option)adjusts 21⁄4" vertically andadds 63⁄4" to 9" to the overallheight. Plastic shell on theheadrest is available in blackonly. Upholstery is availableto match the seat material orblack vinyl only. Headrest isnot available on stools orwhen the fire code option(FCS) is selected.

21/4"

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 18: Seating Specification Guide

18 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Leap 462 Series, continued

Other Features

Height-only adjustablearm is also available andadjusts 4"

Armless models are alsoavailable.

Glides are available as anoption, except on chairs withpolished aluminum package.Glides ship with chair orstool for field installation andmaintain same height ascasters.

Foot ring height on stools adjusts by first liftingring and rotating it counter-clockwise to unlock. Thenraise or lower ring up to 4" todesired position before rotat-ing it clockwise to lock.

Soft-wheel casters forhard floors are availablefor specific applications.

4"

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• 3D Knit (back only)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl• COM• COV

Hard components(ribbon back frame, outerback, arm retainer, andbase)• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum• 6259 Midnight

Polished aluminumpackage is available onblack chairs only. Polishedaluminum is applied toribbon back frame, base,and casters. Stools and arm-less chairs are not availablewith this package.

Arms• Black only

Column and foot ringon stools• 7207 Black only

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Ribbonback frame

Base

Caster

Outer back

Armretainer

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The following Steel-case Textiles and Designtexfabrics are available pre-treated with soil retardant.(You do not need to select thesoil-retardant option for thesefabrics and incur theupcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “Optional Accessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.” Mini-mums or additional yardagemay be required. Please con-tact the vendor directly forspecific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted the Califor-nia Home Furnishing Techni-cal Bulletin TB 133 teststandard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 22

Page 19: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 19

Leap 462 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscLeap Brochure

(05-0002313)cLeap White Paper

Packets (S11019)cWork Effectiveness Study

White Papers available onin2.steelcase.comcLeap Quick Reference

Pocket Card (08-0000117)cLeap User Guide available

on www.steelcase.comcSeating Overview

(07-0000836)cInnovation Seating

Brochure (04-0011870)cHumantech Case Study

(03-0003715)cLeap Productivity and

Health Impact Study(03-0003716)cModel sales conversation

available on in2.steel-case.comcWhy Leap (S11014)cLeap Development Story

(S11124)cAlive Seating Booklet

(07-0006467)cLeap Alive Seating Print

Ad (06-0001566)cA New Day (03-0003362)

Audiovisual MaterialscInteractive User Guide

available on www.steelcase.comcLeap mini-site

(download) available on in2.steelcase.com or viewable on www.steelcase.com.cAlive seating video

(download) available on in2.steelcase.com (salestools > seating).

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 20: Seating Specification Guide

Leap Upholstery

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Fabric, leather, or vinyl-coveredback and seat, 3D Knit back.

Plastic outer back is fullyexposed.

Outerback

Seat and back cush-ions can be removed andreplaced if damaged.

Back

Seat

Fabric

3D Knit Back

3D Knit back is made upof three layers: the 3D Knit,a solid fabric that matchesthe 3D Knit color, and thepolyester cushion that pro-vides exceptional comfort.The seat on these modelscan be specified to matchthe 3D Knit color or in anyother material.

Back

Seat

Back

Seat

Leather, Vinyl, andSelect Fabrics

Stitched seams areincluded on the back cushion and seat cushion of the following:• Leather• Customer’s Own Leather

(COL)• Vinyl• Customer’s Own Vinyl

(COV)• Select Customer’s Own

Material (COM)

Pattern alignment at thelumbar seam cannot beguaranteed.

Back

Seat

What Is It?

20 Seating Specification Guide

Page 21: Seating Specification Guide

Leap Upholstery

Seating Specification Guide 21

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 22: Seating Specification Guide

22 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsLeap 462 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

Leap 462 SeriesWork Chairs

Adjustable Seat 213⁄4" to 243⁄4" 27" 381⁄2" to 431⁄2" 19" 153⁄4" to 183⁄4"* 191⁄4" 151⁄2" to 201⁄2" 18" 25"Depth

Stools

Adjustable Seat 213⁄4" to 243⁄4" 27" 46" to 54" 19" 153⁄4" to 183⁄4"* 191⁄4" 22" to 30" 18" 25"Depth

Dimensions were mea-sured with BIFMA CMD(chair-measuring device).

*Functional seat depthmeasurements weretaken with Leap’s LiveBackunflexed. If fully flexed, thefunctional seat depth mea-surements on the adjustableseat depth models are141⁄2"–19".

**Arm width adjust-ment is 15"–20".. Arm pivot adjustment adds 21⁄4" to the minimum width provid-ing a total of 123⁄4"–20" ofwidth between the arms.

Page 23: Seating Specification Guide

DBack DLumbar DWidth DArm DArm DArm Cap DSeat DAngle DHeadrestdLumbar dFlex dBetween dto dHeight dPivot dPan dBetween dHeightdHeight dZone dArms dFloor dfrom dRange dAngle dSeat and dAdjustmentd d d d dSeat d d dBack dRanged d d d d d d d d

Work Chairs

51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 123⁄4" to 20"** 22" to 31" 7" to 11" 30° -1° to 3° 96° to 120° 21⁄4"

Stools

51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 123⁄4" to 20"** 29" to 41" 7" to 11" 30° -1° to 3° 96° to 120° N.A.

Overall width27"W

Arm

to

flo

or

22"H

to 3

1"H

: Wor

k ch

air

29"H

to 4

1"H

: Sto

ol

Overall depth213/4"D to 243/4"D: Adjustable seat depth

Back width18"W

Width between arms12 "W to 20"W

Seat width 191/4"W

Seat pan angle-1˚ to 3˚

Seat-to-back angle96˚ to 120˚

Back lumbar height51/4

3/4

"H to 101/4"H

Ove

rall h

eig

ht

46"H

to 5

4"H

: Sto

ol38

1 /2"

H to

431

/2"H

: Wor

k ch

air

Se

at

he

igh

t

chai

r w

ith 7

" pn

eum

atic

seat

-hei

ght a

djus

tmen

t22

"H to

30"

H: S

tool

17"H

to 2

4"H

: Wor

k 15

1 /2"

H to

201

/2"H

: Wor

k ch

air

Seating Specification Guide 23

Dimensions

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 24: Seating Specification Guide

24 Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Value Package Work Chair

Standard Includes Required to Specify

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

LEAPV2 $1249d d

Tip: Leap value packagework chair offers Leapchair features at a lowerprice than when selectedindividually.

• Upper back force• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot- and

depth-adjustable arms: black plastic• 3" seat depth adjustment• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:

black plastic only• Standard upholstery design: Buzz2 fabric only• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Buzz2 fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and backcSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 22

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 25: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 25

Leap 462 Series Value Package

Work Chair

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 26: Seating Specification Guide

26 Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Work ChairsUpholstery on Back and Seat

Tip: Select COMs requiresewn application with anadditional upcharge. Specifywith an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Leapseating.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Customer’s Own Material (COM-Sewn) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$599 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$692 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$299 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Polished aluminum package• Polished aluminum package +$400 Add suffix C to the style number.

on chairs with arms and 6205 Blackframe finish

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$240 Specify without arms.

Seat Height • 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$200 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar • Without lumbar –$ 50 Specify without lumbar.

cOptions, continued on next page

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 16

• Upper back force• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected: black plastic

• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic

• 3" seat depth adjustment• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Glides are not availableon chairs with polished aluminum package.

cDetailed dimensions, page 22

Tip: Plastic shell on headrestis available in black only.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 27: Seating Specification Guide

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCasters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.

hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 20 Specify with glides.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46216179 $1315d d

Seating Specification Guide 27

Leap 462 SeriesWork Chairs

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

cOptions, continued from previous page

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 28: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Work Chairs3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat

28 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 16

• Upper back force• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected: black plastic

• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic

• 3" seat depth adjustment• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• 3D Knit on back only• Standard upholstery design on seat: Fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Customer’s Own Material (COM-Sewn) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$299 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$345 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$149 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Polished aluminum package• Polished aluminum package +$400 Add suffix C to the style number.

on chairs with arms and 6205 Blackframe finish

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$240 Specify without arms.

Seat Height • 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$200 Specify with headrest.

cOptions, continued on next page

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Glides are not availableon chairs with polished aluminum package.

Tip: Select COMs requiresewn application with anadditional upcharge. Specifywith an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Leapseating.

cDetailed dimensions, page 22

Tip: Plastic shell on headrestis available in black only.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 29: Seating Specification Guide

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyLumbar • Without lumbar –$ 50 Specify without lumbar.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 20 Specify with glides.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46216189 $1365d d

Leap 462 SeriesWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 29

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

cOptions, continued from previous page

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 30: Seating Specification Guide

30 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 16

• Upper back force• 8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Passive seat edge angle• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected: black plastic

• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic

• 3" seat depth adjustment• Column and 4" adjustable foot ring: black• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Customer’s Own Material (COM-Sewn) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$599 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$692 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$299 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$240 Specify without arms.

Lumbar • Without lumbar –$ 50 Specify without lumbar.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.on hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 20 Specify with glides.

Leap 462 Series StoolsUpholstery on Back and Seat

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

cDetailed dimensions, page 22

Tip: Select COMs requiresewn application with anadditional upcharge. Specifywith an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Leapseating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 31: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Stools

Seating Specification Guide 31

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46267179 $1516d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 32: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Stools3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat

32 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 16

• Upper back force• 8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Passive seat edge angle• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps, if selected: black plastic

• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base: plastic

• Column and 4" adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back only• 3" seat depth adjustment• Adjustable lumbar• Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 22

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Customer’s Own Material (COM-Sewn) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$299 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$345 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$149 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$240 Specify without arms.

Lumbar • Without lumbar –$ 50 Specify without lumbar.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 20 Specify with glides.

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Select COMs requiresewn application with anadditional upcharge. Specifywith an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Leapseating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 33: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 462 Series Stools

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46267189 $1566d d

Seating Specification Guide 33

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Le

ap

46

2 S

erie

s

Page 34: Seating Specification Guide

34 Seating Specification Guide

Page 35: Seating Specification Guide

Product Details

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge 36

Dimensions 38

Specifying

WorkLounge and Ottoman 40

Understanding and Specifying Leap 464Series WorkLoungeWork Chairs

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the dayperforming repetitivetasks. By making a seriesof simple adjustments, youcan customize the chair toyour body, preferences,and tasks. These chairsprovide continuous, stable,task-oriented comfort, andcan be quickly adjusted tosupport you in upright, for-ward, and reclining workpostures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability FeaturescSee page 12 for Leap

a comparison to 464other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Natural glide •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Back Adjustments

Lower back firmness •Upper back tension •Variable back stop •Headrest with •flip-up pillow

Seating Specification Guide 35

Le

ap

46

4 S

erie

s

Page 36: Seating Specification Guide

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge

36 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

WorkLounge—a chairdesigned especially for people who like to work in a deep, reclined posture.

Headrest and flip-uppillow provide neck andhead support.

Outer back is fully upholstered.

Fixed arms have extrapadding to provide forearmsupport and comfort.

Polished aluminum isstandard on ribbon backframe, arm supports, base,and casters.

Ottoman quickly and easily converts from afootrest to an auxiliary work or laptop table.

Work table, with top up, is25"H from the floor.

Polished aluminum is standard on post andfour-arm base.

Footrest is cushioned andupholstered. Footrest sur-face is 15"H from the floor.

Four-arm base is stan-dard with two glides and twohard, dual-wheel casters.

Ribbon back frame isstandard.

Upper back forcerequires only five completeturns and accommodates abroader range of users byallowing user to change therate of increase in force asthe user reclines.

Variable back stop withfive positions is standard.

Lower back firmnesschanges the amount of firmness user feels in lowerback. Requires only twocomplete turns.

Seat height adjustswithin a 3" range with apneumatic adjustment mechanism.

LiveBack moves with theshape of the user’s spine as sitting positions change.

Extra thick seat cush-ion provides extra comfort.

Five-arm base is stan-dard with glides. 3" hard orsoft casters are available asoptions.

Lumbar pillow providesextra comfort and supportto the lumbar region.

Page 37: Seating Specification Guide

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Designtex Wool

Suede Too • Elmorustical Leather• Elmosoft Leather

Hard components(Seat shell and glides)• 6205 Black

Polished aluminumis standard on chair andottoman. Polished alu-minum is applied to ribbonback frame, arm supports,base, and casters of chair.Ottoman has polished alu-minum on post and base.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for fur-ther detail about programsand services offered forseating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM & COL)Program offers the opportu-nity for customers to selectfabrics and leather that arenot offered through the stan-dard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Avoidpattern fabrics and heavilygrained leathers. Through theCOM & COL program, Steel-case will test your materialsfor application on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM & COL fabric andleather directly from the tex-tile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COM& COL fabrics and detailsregarding yardage require-ments for most Seating lines,visit the COM Web site. Tolocate the COM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Back Adjustments

Lower back firmnessadjusts by turning knob twocomplete turns. Forwardincreases firmness. Back-ward decreases firmness.This feature is standard.

Upper back forceadjusts by turning knob five complete turns. Turnknob forward to increaserate of tension; backward todecrease. This feature isstandard.

Leap 464 SeriesWorkLounge

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 37

Variable back stop.Rotate handle up or down toset recline angle. Lean backto desired back angle. Fivestops are available. This feature is standard .Tip: To stop in upright posi-tion, remove weight fromback and rotate lever up.

Other Features

Flip-up pillow can be posi-tioned for use on headrest orplaced over the backside ofheadrest when not in use.This feature is standard.

Lumbar pillow is posi-tioned to provide comfortand support to the lumbarregion.

Glides are standard.

Casters are optional. 3" polished aluminum hard-or soft-wheel casters areavailable.

DimensionscPage 38

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscLeap WorkLounge and

Ottoman Brochure(S11526)cWhy Leap (S11014)cLeap Brochure

(05-0002313)cLeap White Paper

Packets (S11019)cLeap Quick Reference

Pocket Card (08-0000117)cLeap User Guide available

on www.steelcase.com cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)cWork Effectiveness Study

White Papers available onin2.steelcase.com cHumantech Case Study

(03-00003715)cLeap Productivity and

Health Impact Study (03-0003716)cInnovation Seating

Brochure (04-0011870)cModel Sales Conversation

available on in2.steel-case.comcLeap Development Story

(S11124)cAlive Seating Booklet

(07-0006467)cLeap Alive Seating Print Ad

(06-0001566)cA New Day (03-0003362)

Audiovisual MaterialscInteractive User Guide

available on www.steelcase.comcLeap mini-site

(download) available on in2.steelcase.com or viewable on www.steelcase.com.cAlive seating video

(download) available on in2.steelcase.com (salestools > seating)

Product DetailsAdjustability instruc-tions are included withevery chair and ottoman.

Controls under the seat include tactile braille designators.

Ottoman easily convertsbetween two positions. Withthe top up, it is a work or lap-top table; with the top downit is a footrest. Locking pivotmechanism holds each posi-tion in place.

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically. To lower,hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up andkeep your weight off thechair. This feature is stan-dard. Range of adjustabilityis 3" from 15"H–18"H withstandard glides and 17"H–20"H with optional casters.

3"

Le

ap

46

4 S

erie

s

Page 38: Seating Specification Guide

38 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsLeap 464 Series

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d dFloor d dSeat

Leap 464 SeriesWorkLounge

261⁄2" 311⁄2" 431⁄2" to 461⁄2" 201⁄2" 181⁄2" 19" 141⁄2" to 171⁄2" 201⁄2" 30"with glides with glides451⁄2" to 481⁄2" 161⁄2" to 191⁄2"with casters with casters

Ottoman

19" 181⁄2" 15" N.A. N.A. 163⁄4" 15" N.A. N.A..

Overall width311/2"W

Arm

to

flo

or

221 /

2"H

Back width201/2"W

Width between arms19"W

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 43

1 /2"

H to

461

/2"H

with

glid

es45

1 /2"

H to

481

/2"H

with

cas

ters

Seat-to-back angle99° to 125°

Se

at

he

igh

t 14

1 /2"

H to

171

/2"H

with

glid

es16

1 /2"

H to

191

/2"H

with

cas

ters

Overall depth261/2"

Seat width 19"W

Page 39: Seating Specification Guide

DLumbar DWidth DArm DArm DAngle DTabledFlex dBetween dto dHeight dBetween dHeightdZone dArms dFloor dfrom dSeat and dfromd d d dSeat dBack dFloor

WorkLounge

51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 19" 221⁄2" 71⁄4" 99°–125° N.A.

Ottoman

N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 25"

Seating Specification Guide 39

Dimensions

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 15

"H

Se

at

he

igh

t fr

om

flo

or

15"H

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 25

"H

Overall width181/2"W

Seat width163/4"W

Overall depth19"W

Overall depth19"W

Overall width181/2"W

Le

ap

46

4 S

erie

s

Page 40: Seating Specification Guide

40 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 36

• Fully upholstered back, seat, arms, headrest, and flip-up pillow: Designtex Wool Suede Too

• Upper back force• Variable back stop• Lower back firmness• Lumbar pillow• Fixed, non-adjustable arms• 3" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Seat and back components: black plastic only• Ribbon back frame, arm supports and five-arm base:

polished aluminum only• Glides: black with stainless steel inserts.

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for upholstery on

back, seat, arms, headrest, and flip-uppillow

3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Designtex Wool Suede Too No cost Specify with 59DG and fabric colorMaterials number.

cSee Surface Materials, page 256.• Elmorustical Leather +$567 Specify with 59DK and leather color

number.cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

• Elmosoft Leather +$567 cSee Surface Materials, page 256.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COL) to specify.

Casters • 3" hard-composition, dual- +$ 60 Specify with hard casters.wheel casters for use on carpet: polished aluminum and black

• 3" soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 60 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors: polished aluminum and black

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

464LOUNGE $3067d d

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge and Ottoman

Leap 464 Series WorkLoungeRibbon Back Frame

cDetailed dimensions,page 38

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 41: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 41

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 36

• Upholstery on footrest: Designtex Wool Suede Too • Work table and footrest shell: black plastic only• Post and four-arm base: polished aluminum• Two glides: black with stainless steel inserts• Two 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for upholstery

on footrest3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Designtex Wool Suede Too No cost Specify with 59DG and fabric colorMaterials number.

cSee Surface Materials, page 256.• Elmorustical Leather +$129 Specify with 59DK and leather color

number.cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

• Elmosoft Leather +$129 cSee Surface Materials, page 256.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COL) to specify.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

464OTTOMAN $915d d

Leap 464 Series Ottoman

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge and Ottoman

cDetailed dimensions,page 38

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Le

ap

46

4 S

erie

s

Page 42: Seating Specification Guide

42 Seating Specification Guide

Page 43: Seating Specification Guide

Product Details

Siento 499 Series 44

Dimensions 44

Specifying

Design Package High-Back Executive Chair 46

Executive Desk Chairs 48

Understandingand Specifying Siento 499 Series Work Chairs

Adjustability FeaturescSee page 12 for Siento

a comparison to 499other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Synchro-tilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Passive seat edge angle •Back Adjustments

Back tension •Upright back lock •

Seating Specification Guide 43

Sie

nto

49

9 S

erie

s

Page 44: Seating Specification Guide

44 Seating Specification Guide

Actual DimensionsHigh-Back High-Back Mid-BackDesk Chairs Desk Chairs Desk Chairswith Headrest without Headrest

Overall depth 26" 26" 26"

Overall width— 271⁄2" 271⁄2" 271⁄2"outside of T-arms

Overall width— 291⁄2" 291⁄2" 291⁄2"outside of enclosed arms

Overall height 463⁄4"–513⁄4" 46"–51" 40"–45"

Seat depth 171⁄2" 171⁄2" 171⁄2"

Seat width 21" 21" 21"

Back height from seat 311⁄2" 30" 24"

Width between arms 201⁄2" 201⁄2" 201⁄2"

Arm height from seat 8" 8" 8"

Siento

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

High-back and mid-back desk chairs are available.

Arms are available asT-arms or enclosed. FixedT-arms are available in urethane or fully uphol-stered. Adjustable T-armsare available in urethaneonly. Enclosed arms arealways fully upholstered.

Adjustment Features

Seat height adjusts pneumatically. To lower,hold handle up whileseated. To raise, hold han-dle up and keep your weightoff the chair. Standardrange of adjustability is 5"from 16"H to 21"H.

Seat edge flexes, reliev-ing pressure under theuser’s thighs.

5"

Arms are available as either T-arms or enclosed.

Outer back is fully upholstered.

3" hard dual-wheelcasters are provided foruse on carpet. Soft dual-wheel casters are availablefor use on hard floors orchair mats.

Five-arm base is avail-able in polished aluminum,platinum, or black.

Siento desk chairs,designed in collaborationwith Jorge Pensi, mergeremarkable ergonomiccomfort in a slim andsophisticated executiveform.

Adjustability Features

• Pneumatic seat-height • Upright back lock• Back tension control• Synchro-tilt mechanism

Headrest option pro-vides additional head and neck support.

Seat height adjusts from16" to 21" and is standardwith pneumatic adjustmentmechanism. Fixed-heightoption is also available.

Patented LiveBacktechnology (found inSteelcase Leap chair) isembedded in the back tochange shape and mimic the user’s spine.

Front seat edge flexesnaturally to relieve pressureunder the user's thighs.

Page 45: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 45

Upright back lock.Flick switch forward to lock;flick switch back to tilt.

Back tension controladjusts by turning knob.Turn knob forward toincrease rate of tension,backward to decrease.

Synchro-tilt mecha-nism provides synchro-nized back movement whilefeet remain flat on the floor.

Height-, width-, pivot-,and depth-adjustablearms are available onselect models of chairs.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 4" (7"–11" from the seat).Push button on outside andunder arm cap in whilemoving arms up or down.Releasing buttons locksarms in position.

4"

Siento

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The following Steel-case Textiles and Designtexfabrics are available pre-treated with soil retardant.(You do not need to selectthe soil-retardant option forthese fabrics and incur theupcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to selectthe soil retardant option forthese fabrics and will notincur the $20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select“Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Acces-sories.” Minimums or addi-tional yardage may berequired. Please contact thevendor directly for specificinformation.

Arm depth adjusts bysliding arm caps back 3".Friction-fit mechanismkeeps arms in position.

Arms pivot independently,30° inward and outward.

Arm width can beadjusted 21⁄4" each, 41⁄2"overall. Grasp arm cap andmove in or out.

Surface MaterialsUpholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option) • Elmosoft leather• COM• COL

Arms• Black urethane T-arms• Upholstered T-arms • Enclosed upholstered

arms

Column• Black only

Base• 0835 Black• 4799 Platinum• 8046 Polished Aluminum

21/4"21/4"

30°

30°

3"

Casters• Black wheels with black

body on black or platinum base

• Black wheels with pol-ished aluminum body on polished aluminum base

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for fur-ther detail about programsand services offered forseating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM & COL)Program offers the opportu-nity for customers to selectfabrics that are not offeredthrough the standard Steel-case surface materials pro-gram for use on Steelcaseproducts. Through the COMand COL program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM and COL fabric directlyfrom the textile manufacturer.For up-to-date informationregarding fabric test resultsfor all COM and COL fabricsand details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment Team Representative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers FireCode Seating modification(FCS) on nearly all seatingmodels. The most rigorousfire codes in the nationhave been developed inCalifornia, and the Steel-case FCS modification isdesigned to meet thosecodes. Fire Code Seating(FCS) indicates that a prod-uct is constructed to meetthe strict fire code require-ments of high public occu-pancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bul-letin 133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted the Califor-nia Home Furnishing Tech-nical Bulletin TB 133 teststandard in 1992.

Fire code approval:Siento executive desk models are available in thefollowing fabrics only:Leather

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscSiento Brochure

(06-0001282)

cSeating Overview (07-0000836)

Sie

nto

49

9 S

erie

s

Page 46: Seating Specification Guide

46 Seating Specification Guide

Siento Design Package High-Back Executive Chair

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 44

• Back tension control• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Front seat edge flex• LiveBack technology• T-arms: upholstered• Headrest• Upholstery: Elmosoft leather• Five-arm base and arm supports: 8046 Polished Alu-

minum• Column: black only• 3"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel casters:

black wheels with polished aluminum body

1 Style number2 Elmosoft leather color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

499SIENTO $2766d d

Tip: This design packageallows you to obtain the pre-selected features at a lowerprice than if specifying as astandard model number.

Tip: Options or substitutionsare not available on thisdesign package.

cDetailed dimensions, page 44

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 47: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 47

Siento Design Package High-Back Executive Chair

Sie

nto

49

9 S

erie

s

Page 48: Seating Specification Guide

48 Seating Specification Guide

Siento Executive Desk Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 44

• Back tension control• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Front seat edge flex• LiveBack technology• Fully upholstered outer back• Adjustable arms, if selected: soft black urethane• T-arms, if selected: soft black urethane• Enclosed arms, if selected: fully upholstered• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base and arm supports: paint or

Polished Aluminum• Column: black only• 3"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Paint color number for base and

arm supports3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer's Own Material (COM) +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$500 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.• Customer's Own Leather (COL) +$ 31 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather +$700 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify Elmosoft leathercolor number.cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) on +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number andleather models only specify with fire code seating.

cPages 262–263• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

T-arms• Fully upholstered +$ 80 Specify with fully upholstered

T-arms T-arms.

Base and casters• 0835 Black base No cost Specify with 0835 Black base.

and black casters• 4799 Platinum base +$ 50 Specify with 4799 Platinum base.

and black casters

Seat Height • 18" fixed seat height No cost Specify with fixed seat height.

Headrest • Headrest on +$106 Specify with headrest.high-back chairs only

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Tip: When a black or platinum painted base isspecified, the casters willbe black. When a polishedaluminum base is specified,the casters will have blackwheels with polished alu-minum body.

cDetailed dimensions, page 44

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Sientoseating.

Tip: When the standard polished aluminum base is specified along withadjustable T-arms, you mustspecify the finish for armuprights in either 6205 Blackor 6249 Platinum.

Tip: When base andadjustable T-arms are specified in 4799 Platinum,the arm upright will be in4799 Platinum and the lowersection of the arm will be in6205 Black.

Tip: Fully upholstered optionis available on fixed T-armstyle numbers only.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 49: Seating Specification Guide

Siento Executive Desk Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 49

Specification Information

Fixed T-Arms Enclosed Adjustable T-ArmsUpholstered Arms

DDescription DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d

High-Back ChairsPainted Base 499211 $1617 499212 $1829 499213 $1867

Polished Aluminum Base 499221 $1935 499222 $2147 499223 $2185d d d d d d d

Fixed T-Arms Enclosed Adjustable T-ArmsUpholstered Arms

DDescription DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d

Mid-Back ChairsPainted Base 499111 $1511 499112 $1723 499113 $1761

Polished Aluminum Base 499121 $1829 499122 $2041 499123 $2079d d d d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Sie

nto

49

9 S

erie

s

Page 50: Seating Specification Guide

50 Seating Specification Guide

Page 51: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingCriterion 453 SeriesWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 51

Product Details

Criterion 453 Series 52

Dimensions 56

Specifying

High-Back Work Chairs 58

Mid-Back Work Chairs 60

High-Back Stools 62

Mid-Back Stools 64

Plus High-Back Work Chairs 66

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the day per-forming repetitive tasks. Bymaking a series of simpleadjustments, you can cus-tomize the chair to yourbody, preferences, and tasks.These chairs provide contin-uous, stable, task-orientedcomfort, and can be quicklyadjusted to support you inupright, forward, and reclin-ing work postures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability FeaturescSee page 12 for Criterion Criterion

a comparison to Plusother chairs.

Mechanisms

Advanced swivel tilt • •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height • •Seat angle • •Seat depth • •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height • •Back tension • •Variable back stop •Upright back lock •Back height • •Arm Adjustments

Arm height • •Arm width • •Arm pivot •Other Features

Foot ring height on stool •

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 52: Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 Series

52 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Criterion is a high-perfor-mance chair, ideal for userswho sit for long periods of time.As one of the world’s best-selling chairs with a broadrange of adjustments, Criterion meets the long-termcomfort needs of today’sdiverse workforce.

Arm width adjustswithin a 4" range for eacharm to provide forearmsupport in neutral positionfor 5th to 95th percentileoffice workers.

Five-arm base isstandard.

Seat angle adjustsforward, upright, andreclined to suit user. Seatangle is standard.

Outer back and outerseat is plastic. Fullyupholstered outer back is an option.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Seat height adjustswithin a 5" range with apneumatic adjustmentmechanism.

Seat depth adjustswithin a 3" range and is available as an option.

Arm caps can pivotindependently 14° in and21° out to accommodateindividual user preferences.

Back height adjusts upand down within a 2" rangeto help ensure healthful back posture.

Variable back stop isstandard.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available for useon hard floors or chair mats.

Page 53: Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 Series

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide cCriterion 453 Series, continued 53

Upholstery Details

Criterion is standard witha molded upholstered seatand back.

Sewn upholstery canbe specified to accommo-date vinyl and other highperformance fabrics. Seatand back cushions featurea stitched detail. Specifyusing an S suffix.

Non-Sewn Seat uphol-stery can be specified toaccommodate vinyl andother high performance fab-rics without a seam on theseat. Back cushion will havestitched detail. Specify usingan X suffix. This option isavailable on models withadjustable seat depth only.

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically. To lower,hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up andkeep your weight off thechair. Range of adjustabilityis 5" from 16"H to 21"H.

Seat angle adjustsby pulling handle up andshifting your weight to alterseat angle. Release handleto lock. This feature isstandard.

Seat depth adjusts bypulling handle up. Slide seatforward or back to accom-modate various leg lengths.Release handle to lock. Thisfeature is optional. ForCriterion Plus, seat depth isa maintenance adjustment.The chair has three depthsettings: 15", 165⁄8", and181⁄4". The chair will ship inthe 181⁄4" position.

2"1"

5"

Back Adjustments

Back tension adjustsby turning knob. Turn knobclockwise to increase ten-sion, counterclockwiseto decrease. This feature is standard.

Variable back stop.Hold switch forward torecline. Lean back to desiredback angle. Release switchto set tilt range.Tip: To lock in upright posi-tion, remove weight fromback and release switch.

Back height adjustswithin a 2" range by pullinghandle forward while movingchair back up or down.Release handle to lock chairback in position. This featureis standard.

2"

Product Details

Three basic sizes areavailable—high-back, mid-back, and Plus. All areoffered with and withoutarms. High-back and mid-back are also available asstools.

Criterion features a seatangle adjustment whichallows the seat angle to function in a fixed or articu-lating mode. Variable backstop will lock the back in anupright position or allow theuser to set a specific backstop position which the chairwill recline to.

Criterion Plus has anupright back lock and offers a wider seat with morespace between the arms to accommodate workerswho need a larger chair. The Criterion Plus chair istested to hold up to 500 lbs.under normal use.

Arm Adjustments

Arms are available fixed,height-adjustable, height-and width-adjustable, andheight-, width-, and pivot-adjustable.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 4" on all adjustable armmodels. Squeeze triggers inwhile moving arms up ordown. Releasing triggerslocks arms in position.

Arm width adjusts inde-pendently on chairs with theheight- and width-adjustableoption. Grasp arm and movein or out. Arm will stay wherepositioned.

Arms pivot independentlyon models with height-,width-, and pivot-adjustablearms. Grasp arm and pushfront to left or right. Pivotadjustment width range is103⁄4" to 181⁄4".

4" 4"

4"

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 54: Seating Specification Guide

54 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Criterion 453 Series, continued

Other Features

Foot ring height onstools adjusts by first liftingring and rotating it counter-clockwise to unlock. Thenraise or lower ring up to 4" todesired position before rotat-ing it clockwise to lock.

Alternative castersand glides are availablefor specific applications,including soft-wheel castersfor hard floors.

Glides are 2"H and inter-changeable with casters.

4"

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Hard components(base, arms, plastic armcaps, outer back, outer seat,and foot ring)• Monochromatic color from

list of seating plastic color numbers will apply to all hard components.

Outer back and outerseat• Plastic color to match

color of other “hard components”

• Fully upholstered outer back with plastic color outer seat

Arms• Soft vinyl arm caps to

match the plastic colorof the other “hard components”

Foot ring on stools• Plastic color to match

other “hard components” • 9201 Polished Chrome

Glides• Stainless steel only

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263 forupholstery fabrics availablefor use with FCS modification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meet thosecodes. Fire Code Seating(FCS) indicates that a productis constructed to meet thestrict fire code requirementsof high public occupancyareas such as theaters, meet-ing rooms, and lobbies. TheFCS standards will meet boththe State of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) and BostonFire Code (BFC). Bostonadopted the California HomeFurnishing Technical BulletinTB 133 test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery

DimensionscPage 56

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscCriterion Brochure

(04-0011868)cCriterion Plus

Sheet (S2396)cCriterion Testimonial

Sheet (S10846)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Video and AudioMaterialscCriterion User Video

(S70427)

Computer ToolscInteractive User Guide

available on www.steelcase.comcElectronic User Disk

(S2305)—Windows

Page 55: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 55

Criterion 453 Series

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 56: Seating Specification Guide

56 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsCriterion 453 Series

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d dFloor d dSeatd d d d d d d

d d d d d d d

d d d d d d d

Criterion 453 SeriesHigh-Back Work Chairs

221⁄2"–251⁄2" 271⁄2" 371⁄2"–441⁄2" 191⁄2" 161⁄4"* 191⁄2" 16"–21" 18" 22"–24"

Mid-Back Work Chairs

221⁄2"–251⁄2" 271⁄2" 34"–41" 191⁄2" 161⁄4"* 191⁄2" 16"–21" 18" 191⁄2"–211⁄2"

High-Back Stools

221⁄2"–251⁄2" 271⁄2" 46"–53" 191⁄2" 161⁄4"* 191⁄2" 25"–30" 18" 22"–24"

Mid-Back Stools

221⁄2"–251⁄2" 271⁄2" 43"–50" 191⁄2" 161⁄4"* 191⁄2" 25"–30" 18" 191⁄2"–211⁄2"

Plus High-Back Work Chairs

221⁄2"–251⁄2" 311⁄2" 38"–45" 193⁄4" 181⁄4"** 23" 17"–22" 22" 23"–25"

*Models with adjustable seat depth 151⁄4"–181⁄4". **Plus models with adjustable seat depth require a maintenance adjustment, see page 53.

Overall width271/2"W: Criterion311/2"W: Criterion Plus

Arm

to

flo

or

241 /

2"H

to 2

91/2

"H: C

hair

with

T-a

rms

23"H

to 3

2"H

: Cha

ir w

ith h

eigh

t-ad

just

able

arm

s32

1 /2"

H to

371

/2"H

: Sto

ol w

ith T

-arm

s31

"H to

40"

H: S

tool

with

hei

ght-

adju

stab

le a

rms

241 /

2"H

to 3

31/2

"H: C

riter

ion

Plu

s

Overall depth221/2"D to 251/2"D

Back width18"W: Criterion22"W: Criterion Plus

Width between arms20"W: Fixed andheight-adjustablearms12"W to 20"W:Width-adjustable arms103/4"W to 181/4"W:Height-,width-, andpivot-adjustable arms151/2"W to 231/2"W:Criterion Plus

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 34

"H to

41"

H: M

id-b

ack

chai

r37

1 /2"

Hto

441 /

2"H

: Hig

h-ba

ck c

hair

43"H

to 5

0"H

: Mid

-bac

k st

ool

46"H

to 5

3"H

: Hig

h-ba

ck s

tool

38

"H to

45"

H: C

riter

ion

Plu

s

Se

at

he

igh

t 16

"H to

21"

H: H

igh

back

an

d m

id b

ack

25"H

to30

"H: S

tool

17

"H to

22"

H: C

riter

ion

Plu

s

Seat width 191/2"W: Criterion23"W: Criterion Plus

Seat pan angle–3° to 8°

Seat-to-back angle97° to 113°

Page 57: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 57

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DWidth DWidth DArm DArm DArm Cap DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dBetween dBetween dto dHeight dPivot dPan dBetweendHeight dFixed-Height dHeight- and dHeight-, dFloor dfrom dRange dAngle dSeat andd dand dWidth- dWidth-, and d dSeat d d dBackd dAdjustable- dAdjustable dPivot- d d d d d

d dHeight dArms dAdjustable d d d d d

d dArms d dArms d d d d d

High-Back Work Chairs

8" 20" 12"–20" 103⁄4"–181⁄4" 23"–32" 7"–11" 35° -3°– 8° 97°–113°

Mid-Back Work Chairs

8" 20" 12"–20" 103⁄4"–181⁄4" 23"–32" 7"–11" 35° -3°– 8° 97°–113°

High-Back Stools

8" 20" 12"–20" 103⁄4"–181⁄4" 31"–40" 7"–11" 35° -3°– 8° 97°–113°

Mid-Back Stools

8" 20" 12"–20" 103⁄4"–181⁄4" 31"–40" 7"–11" 35° -3°– 8° 97°–113°

Plus High-Back Work Chairs

9" 231⁄2" 151⁄2"–231⁄2" N.A. 241⁄2"–331⁄2" 71⁄2"–111⁄2" N.A. 1°– 10° 97°–113°

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 58: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 56

Criterion 453 Series High-Back Work Chairs

58 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 52

• Back height adjustment• Seat angle adjustment• Variable back stop• Back tension adjustment• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base • Outer back and outer seat: plastic color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, outer

back, outer seat, arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Non-sewn seat upholstery (X suffix) isavailable only on modelswith adjustable seat depth (D suffix).

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with bothadjustable seat depth (D suffix) and 6205 Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 for upholstery fabric choices.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase leather +$570 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$658 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Non-sewn seat upholstery +$ 79 Add suffix X to the style number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$360 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Outer back +$ 88 Add suffix B to the style number.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Glides • Plastic glide with No cost Specify with GLD453.stainless steel cap

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toCriterion seating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 59: Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 SeriesHigh-Back Work Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 59

Specification Information

Height-, Width-, and Height- and Width- Height-Adjustable ArmsPivot-Adjustable Arms Adjustable Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

Soft Arm CapsPneumatic

4535331P $1114 4535331W $1188 4535331H $1070

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4535331DP $1205 4535331DW $1279 4535331DH $1161

d d d d d d

Fixed-Height Arms Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Pneumatic

4535331 $ 982 4535301 $ 837

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4535331D $1073 4535301D $ 928d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 60: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 56

60 Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 Series Mid-Back Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 52

• Back height adjustment• Seat angle adjustment• Variable back stop• Back tension adjustment• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base • Outer back and outer seat: plastic color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, outer

back, outer seat, arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Non-sewn seat upholstery (X suffix) isavailable only on modelswith adjustable seat depth (D suffix).

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with bothadjustable seat depth (D suffix) and 6205 Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 for upholstery fabric choices.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase leather +$570 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 658 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Non-sewn seat upholstery +$ 79 Add suffix X to the style number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$360 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Outer back +$ 88 Add suffix B to the style number.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Glides • Plastic glide with No cost Specify with GLD453.stainless steel cap

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toCriterion seating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 61: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 61

Criterion 453 SeriesMid-Back Work Chairs

Specification Information

Height-, Width-, and Height- and Width Height-Adjustable ArmsPivot-Adjustable Arms Adjustable Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

Soft Arm CapsPneumatic

4535330P $1062 4535330W $1136 4535330H $1018

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4535330DP $1153 4535330DW $1227 4535330DH $1109d d d d d d

Fixed-Height Arms Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Pneumatic

4535330 $ 930 4535300 $ 785

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4535330D $1021 4535300D $ 876d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 62: Seating Specification Guide

62 Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 Series High-Back Stools

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 52

• Back height adjustment• Seat angle adjustment• Variable back stop• Back tension adjustment• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base • Outer back and outer seat: plastic color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• Adjustable foot ring: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, foot ring,

outer back, outer seat, arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Non-sewn seat upholstery (X suffix) isavailable only on modelswith adjustable seat depth (D suffix).

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with bothadjustable seat depth (D suffix) and 6205 Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 for upholstery fabric choices.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase leather +$570 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 658 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Non-sewn seat upholstery +$ 79 Add suffix X to the style number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$360 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Outer back +$ 88 Add suffix B to the style number.

Height-adjustable foot ring• Polished Chrome foot ring +$ 35 Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome

foot ring.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Glides • Plastic glide with No cost Specify with GLD453.stainless steel cap

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toCriterion seating.

cDetailed dimensions,page 56

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 63: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 63

Criterion 453 SeriesHigh-Back Stools

Specification Information

Height-, Width-, and Height- and Width- Height-Adjustable ArmsPivot-Adjustable Arms Adjustable Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

Soft Arm CapsPneumatic

4537331P $1328 4537331W $1402 4537331H $1284

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4537331DP $1419 4537331DW $1493 4537331DH $1375d d d d d d

Fixed-Height Arms Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Pneumatic

4537331 $1196 4537301 $1051

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4537331D $1287 4537301D $1142d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 64: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 56

64 Seating Specification Guide

Criterion 453 Series Mid-Back Stools

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 52

• Back height adjustment• Seat angle adjustment• Variable back stop• Back tension adjustment• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base • Outer back and outer seat: plastic color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• Adjustable foot ring: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, foot ring,

outer back, outer seat, arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Non-sewn seat upholstery (X suffix) isavailable only on modelswith adjustable seat depth (D suffix).

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with bothadjustable seat depth (D suffix) and 6205 Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 for upholstery fabric choices.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase leather +$570 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 658 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Non-sewn seat upholstery +$ 79 Add suffix X to the style number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Customer’s Own Leather +$360 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 42 Add suffix S to the style number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Outer back +$ 88 Add suffix B to the style number.

Height-adjustable foot ring• Polished Chrome foot ring +$ 35 Specify with 9201 Polished Chrome

foot ring.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Glides • Plastic glide with No cost Specify with GLD453.stainless steel cap

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toCriterion seating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 65: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 65

Criterion 453 SeriesMid-Back Stools

Specification Information

Height-, Width-, and Height- and Width- Height-Adjustable ArmsPivot-Adjustable Arms Adjustable Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

Soft Arm CapsPneumatic

4537330P $1276 4537330W $1350 4537330H $1232

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4537330DP $1367 4537330DW $1441 4537330DH $1323d d d d d d

Fixed-Height Arms Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Pneumatic

4537330 $1144 4537300 $ 999

Pneumatic with Adjustable Seat Depth

4537330D $1235 4537300D $1090d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 66: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 56

66 Seating Specification Guide

Criterion Plus 453 Series High-Back Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 52

• Back height adjustment• Seat angle adjustment• Manual seat depth adjustment• Back tension adjustment• Upright back lock• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match base • Sewn upholstery• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Outer back: upholstery• Outer seat: plastic color• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, outer seat,

arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with 6205Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 forupholstery fabric choices.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$274 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$316 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Tip: Criterion Plus is avail-able with a fully upholsteredouter back only.

Tip: Height-, width-, andpivot-adjustable arms arenot available on CriterionPlus.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 67: Seating Specification Guide

Specification Information

Height- and Width- Height-Adjustable Arms Fixed-Height ArmsAdjustable Arms

Seating Specification Guide 67

Criterion Plus 453 SeriesHigh-Back Work Chairs

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice dPrice dPriced d d d d d

Soft Arm CapsPneumatic

4539331BW $1878 4539331BH $1817 4539331B $1729d d d d d d

Without Arms

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Pneumatic

4539301B $1584d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Crite

rion

45

3 S

erie

s

Page 68: Seating Specification Guide

68 Seating Specification Guide

Page 69: Seating Specification Guide

Product Details

Think 465 Series 70

Dimensions 74

Specifying

Work Chairs with Arms

3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat 76

3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat 77

Standard Upholstery 78

Sewn Upholstery 79

Work Chairs, Armless

3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat 80

3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat 81

Standard Upholstery 82

Sewn Upholstery 83

Stools with Arms

3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat 84

3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat 85

Standard Upholstery 86

Sewn Upholstery 87

Stools, Armless

3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat 88

3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat 89

Standard Upholstery 90

Sewn Upholstery 91

Understandingand SpecifyingThink 465 SeriesWork Chairs

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the dayperforming repetitivetasks. By making a seriesof simple adjustments, youcan customize the chair toyour body, preferences,and tasks. These chairsprovide continuous, stable,task-oriented comfort, andcan be quickly adjusted tosupport you in upright, for-ward, and reclining workpostures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability Features

cSee page 12 for Thinka comparison to 465other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Weight-activated •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Passive seat edge •angle

Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height •Arm Adjustments

Arm depth •Arm height •Arm pivot •Arm width •Other Features

Soft-wheel casters •Foot ring height •(stool)

Seating Specification Guide 69

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 70: Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series

70 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Think is for performancebased customers who areseeking a progressive aes-thetic, intuitive ease of use,and the strongest environ-mental attributes.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothlyon carpets. They are 21⁄2"for increased mobility. Soft,dual-wheel casters areavailable as an option foruse on hard floors or chairmats.

Back frame and seatshell are plastic.

Passive seat edgeangle allows the front edgeof the seat to flex 11⁄2" torelieve pressure under theuser’s thighs.

Arm caps can pivotindependently 30° in and 30° out to accommodate individual user preferences.

Arm height can adjustindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Arm depth can retract3" to allow user to getcloser to the worksurfaceand into tight corners.

Your Preferenceback control providesfour settings for the user’spersonal preference andwork style.

Seat height adjusts within a 5" range with apneumatic adjustment mech-anism. A 4" range is avail-able as an option. Stoolshave a 10" range.

Five-arm base is avail-able in plastic or polishedaluminum.

Lumbar height adjustsover 41⁄4" to provide additionallower back support and isavailable as an option.

Seat depth adjusts withina 2" range to accommodateusers of varying leg lengths.

Arm width adjusts 41⁄2"overall to support forearmsin neutral position.

Page 71: Seating Specification Guide

Arms pivot independently,30° inward and outward.

Arm width can beadjusted 21⁄4" each, 41⁄2"overall. Grasp arm cap andmove in or out.

Other Features

Foot ring height onstools adjusts by first lift-ing ring and rotating it coun-terclockwise to unlock.Then raise or lower ring todesired position beforerotating it clockwise to lock.The foot ring has a diame-ter of 20".

Soft-wheel casters forhard floors are availablefor specific applications.

3"

21/4"21/4"

30°

30°

Seat depth adjusts 2"(15"–17") by pulling handleup. Slide seat forward orback to accommodate vari-ous leg lengths. Releasehandle to lock.

Back Adjustments

Lumbar height adjusts41⁄4" (6" to 101⁄4" from seat)by grabbing exposed tabsand sliding the lumbar sup-port up or down. Availableas an option on work chairsand stools.

Your Preference con-trol has four settings: (1)weight-activated setting; (2)boosted setting that hasapproximately 20% moreresistance than your bodyis providing; (3) mid-stoprecline setting; and (4) anupright setting.

Mid-stopreclinesetting

Uprightsetting

Weight-activatedsetting

Boostedsetting

41/4"

2"

Uncartoned request onyour dealer purchase orderforce Think chairs to ship fullyassembled.

Resources

Adjustability instruc-tions are included withevery chair.

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjusts pneumatically. To lower, hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up and keep your weight off the chair. Standard range of adjustability is 5" from 16"H to 21"H. A 4" range ofadjustability (15"H to 19"H) is available as an option. A 10" range of adjustability(223⁄4"H to 323⁄4"H) is avail-able on stools.

Passive seat edgeangle relieves pressureunder the user’s thighs. Thecombination of seat flexorswith a passive front seatedge helps properly supportthe angle of the user’s legand thigh without compro-mising pelvic support. Thefront seat edge angle flexes11⁄2".

5"

Product Details

Your Profile seat andback have flexors thatdynamically and indepen-dently follow the move-ments of the user.

Weight-activatedmechanism with a nat-ural fluid motion keepsusers oriented to their work.

Your Preference backcontrol has four settingsthat allow for the user’s personal preference andwork style.

Chairs are available with-out arms, with fixed arms, orwith height-, width-, pivot-,and depth-adjustable arms.

Cartoned request on yourdealer purchase order forceThink chairs to ship knockeddown with the chair backseparated from the baseand mechanism. Thisallows for shipment in asmaller carton. Assembly bya qualified dealer installer isrequired. Assembly instruc-tions are included. Thisdoes not apply to Thinkstools.

Think 465 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide cThink 465 Series, continued 71

Headrest (option) adjusts4" vertically and 21⁄2" hori-zontally (front to back) tosupport the head and neckof the user in both uprightand recline postures.Whether ordered initially orat a later date, the headrestships in its own carton andmust be field-installed.

Arm Adjustments

Height-, width-, pivot-,and depth-adjustablearms come standard on allarm models of chairs. Fixedarms are an option. Alsoavailable armless.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 4" (7"–11" from the seat).Push button on outside andunder arm cap in whilemoving arms up or down.Releasing buttons locksarms in position.

Arm depth adjusts bysliding arm caps back 3".Friction-fit mechanismkeeps arms in position.

3"

4"

21/2"4"

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 72: Seating Specification Guide

72 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Think 465 Series, continued

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials on page 256 for specific availability or refer to the Surface Materials Refer-ence Manual for further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• 3D Knit (back only)• Elmosoft leather• Leather• Vinyl

Enclosed back• Black• Platinum

Hard componentsChair (frame, seat shell,base, and arm uprights)• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Chair (headrest and armpads)• 6205 Black

Stool (frame, seat shell,base, and arm uprights)• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Stool (headrest, pneumaticcolumn, and footring)• 6205 Black

Polished aluminumbase is optional on selectmodels.

Standard-upholsteryuses foundation fabric (whichis a default of the specifiedplastic color). It is partiallyvisible on the sides of theseat and back cushions.

Sewn-upholstery models feature a stitchdetail on the sides of theseat and back cushions,and across the lumbarregion of the back cushion.

StitchDetail

Foundationfabric

Plasticseat shell

Standard Back

Enclosed Back

Enclosed back featuresa flexible nylon textile whichconceals the flexors on theback. Enclosed back colordefaults to match frame finish.

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual for further detail about pro-grams and services offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity forcustomers to select fabricsthat are not offered throughthe standard Steelcase sur-face materials program foruse on Steelcase products.Through the COM program,Steelcase will test yourmaterials for application onSteelcase products. Onceapproved, you can placeyour order. Steelcase willfacilitate the entire orderingprocess and give you a pro-duction schedule. Steelcase

will order the COM fabricdirectly from the textile man-ufacturer. For up-to-dateinformation regarding fabrictest results for all COM fab-rics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistanceto a fabric without affectingthe shade or the integrityof the fabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not needto select the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fab-rics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to selectthe soil retardant option forthese fabrics and will notincur the $20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select“Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Acces-sories.” Minimums or addi-tional yardage may berequired. Please contact thevendor directly for specificinformation.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263

for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCSmodification.

Page 73: Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series

Seating Specification Guide 73

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifi-cation is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms, andlobbies. The FCS standardswill meet both the State ofCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin 133 (CalTB 133) and Boston FireCode (BFC). Boston adoptedthe California Home Furnish-ing Technical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 74

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscThink Product Brochure

(07-0006344)cThink Environmental

Brochure (04-0011852) (PDF only)cThink Environmental

Product Declaration (EPD)(04-0012421) (PDF only)cThink Hang Tag

(04-0011853) (PDF only)cThink National Ad Reprint

(04-0011856)cSeating Overview

Brochure (07-0000836)cAlive Seating Booklet

(07-0006467)cThink Customer Story

(08-0000158)cInnovation Seating

Brochure (04-0011870)cModel sales conversation

available on in2.steel-case.com (PDF only)cA New Day (03-0003362)

Audiovisual MaterialscThink Design Story–Video

(04-0011845)cThink Design Story–DVD

(04-0011846)cThink Model Sales

Presentation–DVD(04-0012577)cThink Model Sales

Presentation–VHS(04-0012578)cThink Model Sales

Presentation–audio CD(04-0012579)cInteractive User Guide

available on www.steelcase.comcAlive seating video

(download) available on in2.steelcase.com (salestools > seating).

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 74: Seating Specification Guide

Overall width27"W

Back width19"W

Seat depth181/2"D

Width between arms151/4"W to 193/4"W

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 37

1 /8"

H to

413

/4"H

: Cha

ir43

3 /4"

H to

531

/2"H

: Sto

ol

Overall depth23"D to 25"D

Arm

to

flo

or

23"H

to 3

2"H

: Cha

ir29

3 /4"

H to

391

/2"H

: Sto

ol

Seat width 193/4"W

Seat-to-back angle94° to 115°

Seat pan angle-3° to 2°

Lumbar height from seat

6"H to 101/4"H

Se

at

he

igh

t 16

"H to

21"

H: C

hair

15"H

to 1

9"H

(op

tiona

l): C

hair

223 /

4"H

to 3

23/4

"H: S

tool

74 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsThink 465 Series

Features DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBack DLumbard dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeight dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfrom dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat dSeatd d d d d d d d d

d d d d d d d d d

Think 465 SeriesChairs

Arms 23" to 25" 27" 371⁄8" to 181⁄2" 15" to 17" 193⁄4" 16" to 21" 19" 223⁄4" 6" to 101⁄4"413⁄4" (15" to 19"

optional)

Without Arms 23" to 25" 27" 371⁄8" to 181⁄2" 15" to 17" 193⁄4" 16" to 21" 19" 223⁄4" 6" to 101⁄4"413⁄4" (15" to 19"

optional)

Stools

Arms 23" to 25" 27" 433⁄4" to 181⁄2" 15" to 17" 193⁄4" 223⁄4" to 19" 223⁄4" 6" to 101⁄4"531⁄2" 323⁄4"

Without Arms 23" to 25" 27" 433⁄4" to 181⁄2" 15" to 17" 193⁄4" 223⁄4" to 19" 223⁄4" 6" to 101⁄4"531⁄2" 323⁄4"

*Arms may be tool-adjusted inward 1" to accommodate the user’s preference.

Page 75: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 75

Dimensions

DWidth DWidth DArm DArm DArm DArm Cap DAngle DSeat DHeadrest DHeadrestdBetween dBetween dto dHeight dHeight dPivot dBetween dPan dHeight dDepthdAdjustable dFixed dFloor dfrom dfrom Seat dRange dSeat and dAngle dAdjustment dAdjustmentdArms dArms d dSeat dfor Fixed d dBack d dRange dRanged d d d dArms d d d d d

d d d d d d d d d d

Chairs

151⁄4" to 193⁄4" 19"* 23" to 32" 7" to 11" 101⁄2" 30° inward, 94° to 115° -3° to 2° 4" 21⁄2"30° outward

N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 94° to 115° -3° to 2° 4" 21⁄2"

Stools

151⁄4" to 193⁄4" 19"* 293⁄4" to 391⁄2" 7" to 11" 101⁄2" 30° inward, 94° to 115° -3° to 2° 4" 21⁄2"30° outward

N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 94° to 115° -3° to 2° 4" 21⁄2"

*Arms may be tool-adjusted inward 1" to accommodate the user’s preference.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 76: Seating Specification Guide

76 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work ChairsWith Arms, 3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46543100 $1023d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• 3D Knit on back• Standard upholstery design on seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 77: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 77

Think 465 Series Work ChairsThink 465 Series Work Chairs

With Arms, 3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM), No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), orCustomer’s Own Leather (COL)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46542100 $1058d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• 3D Knit on back• Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 78: Seating Specification Guide

78 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work ChairsWith Arms, Standard Upholstery

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46540100 $973d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference™ control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 79: Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work ChairsThink 465 Series Work Chairs

With Arms, Sewn Upholstery

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Seating Specification Guide 79

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$283 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$327 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Specify leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46541100S $1038d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference™ control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Thinkseating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 80: Seating Specification Guide

80 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work ChairsArmless, 3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46543000 $808d d

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• 3D Knit on back• Standard upholstery design on seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 81: Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 81

Think 465 Series Work ChairsArmless, 3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM), No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), orCustomer’s Own Leather (COL)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46542000 $843d d

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• 3D Knit on back• Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 82: Seating Specification Guide

82 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series Work ChairsArmless, Standard Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46540000 $758d d

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference™ control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 83: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 83

Think 465 Series Work ChairsThink 465 Series Work Chairs

Armless, Sewn Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$283 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$327 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Specify leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height No cost Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-heightadjustment (15"–19") adjustment.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.lumbar support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46541000S $823d d

• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Your Preference™ control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Thinkseating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 84: Seating Specification Guide

84 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series StoolWith Arms, 3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back• Standard upholstery design on seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46533100 $1232d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 85: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 85

Think 465 Series StoolWith Arms, 3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back• Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Think 465 Series Stool

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM), No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), orCustomer’s Own Leather (COL)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46532100 $1267d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 86: Seating Specification Guide

86 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series StoolWith Arms, Standard Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46530100 $1182d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 87: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 87

Think 465 Series StoolWith Arms, Sewn Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Think 465 Series Stool

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$283 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$327 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Specify leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Fixed arms –$ 80 Specify with fixed arms.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46531100S $1247d d

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Thinkseating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 88: Seating Specification Guide

88 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series StoolArmless, 3D Knit with Standard Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back• Standard upholstery design on seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46533000 $1017d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 89: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 89

Think 465 Series StoolArmless, 3D Knit with Sewn Upholstery on Seat

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back• Sewn upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Think 465 Series Stool

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM), No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV), orCustomer’s Own Leather (COL)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46532000 $1052d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon 3D Knit models with lum-bar height or enclosed backoption.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 90: Seating Specification Guide

90 Seating Specification Guide

Think 465 Series StoolArmless, Standard Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46530000 $967d d

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Page 91: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 91

Think 465 Series StoolArmless, Sewn Upholstery

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 70

• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (223⁄4"–323⁄4")• Your Preference control• Passive seat edge angle• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm painted aluminum base• 2" seat depth adjustment• Column and adjustable foot ring: black• Sewn upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell,

and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 74

Think 465 Series Stool

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$283 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$327 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Specify leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, and arm retainer +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with aluminum base.

Headrest • Headrest +$150 Specify with headrest.

Lumbar Height • 41⁄4" travel for additional lumbar +$ 50 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.support

Enclosed Back • Enclosed back +$ 85 Specify with enclosed back.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

46531000S $1032d d

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Thinkseating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is not availableon models with enclosedback option.cSee pages 262–263 for

upholstery fabric choices.

Th

ink

46

5 S

erie

s

Page 92: Seating Specification Guide

92 Seating Specification Guide

Page 93: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingAmia 482 SeriesWork Chairs

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the dayperforming repetitive tasks.By making a series of sim-ple adjustments, you cancustomize the chair to yourbody, preferences, andtasks. These chairs providecontinuous, stable, task-ori-ented comfort, and can bequickly adjusted to supportyou in upright, forward, andreclining work postures.

• Leap 462 Series • Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series • Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability Features

cSee page 12 for Amiaa comparison to 482other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Syncrotilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Passive seat edge angle •Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height •Back tension •Back lock •Arm Adjustments

Arm height •Arm width •Arm pivot •Arm depth •Other Features

Foot ring •height (stool)

Product Details

Amia 482 Series 94

Amia Upholstery 97

Dimensions 98

Specifying

Work Chairs

Sewn Leather Upholstery on Back, Seat, and Arm Caps 100

Upholstery on Back and Seat 102

3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat 104

Stools

Upholstery on Back and Seat 106

3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat 108

Seating Specification Guide 93

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 94: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Amia is for customers thatvalue Alive seating principlesand want a good ergonomicchair at a value price point.

Arm width can adjust 41⁄2" overall to provide fore-arm support.

LiveLumbar systemoffers a dialed in spring forcein the lumbar region thatactively supports the lowerback.

Seat depth adjusts withina 3" range. Seat depth isstandard on all models.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothlyon carpets. They are 21⁄2"for increased mobility. Soft,dual-wheel casters are avail-able for use on hard floors orchair mats. Stools are stan-dard with 2" hard casters.Soft casters are available asan option.

Arm caps can pivot 30˚in and out to accommodate individual user preferences.

Outer back and outerseat are plastic. Fully upholstered outer back is available.

Five-arm base isstandard.

Passive seat edgeangle allows the front edgeof the seat to flex 11⁄2",relieving pressure behindthe thighs.

Back tension accommo-dates a broader range ofusers by allowing user tochange the rate of increase,or decrease, in force as theuser reclines.

Arm height can adjustindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Seat height adjusts within a 5" range with a pneu-matic adjustment mechanism.Stools have an 8" range.

Upright back lock allowsthe user to lock the back in afull upright position, orrelease it for full-tilt motion.

Arm depth can beadjusted approximately 3",enabling individuals to getcloser to their work.

94 Seating Specification Guide

Page 95: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

Other Features

Height-only adjustablearm is also available andadjusts 4".

Armless models are alsoavailable.

Glides are available as anoption. Glides ship with chairor stool for field installationand maintain same height ascasters.

Foot ring height on stools adjusts by first liftingring and rotating it counter-clockwise to unlock. Thenraise or lower ring up to 4" todesired position before rotat-ing it clockwise to lock. Thefoot ring has a diameter of20".

Soft-wheel casters forhard floors are available for specific applications.

4"

Back Adjustments

Lumbar height adjusts33⁄4" (61⁄4" to 10" from seat) bygrabbing exposed tabs andsliding the lumbar support up or down. This feature isstandard on work chairs andstools.

Back tension adjusts by turning knob forward toincrease back tension, backward to decrease backtension. This feature is stan-dard on work chairs andstools.

Upright back lock.To release, lean forward andpull toward back. To lock,lean forward and push towardfront.

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjusts pneu-matically. To lower, hold han-dle up while seated. To raise,hold handle up and keep yourweight off the chair. Range ofadjustability is 5", from 16"Hto 21"H, and is standard onwork chairs. A lower range ofadjustability (15"H to 19"H) isavailable as an option. Ahigher range of adjustability(17"H to 24"H) is available asan option. An 8" range ofadjustability (23"H to 31"H) isavailable on stools.

Seat edge flexes, relievingpressure under the user'sthighs. The front flexes 11⁄2".This feature is standard onall work chairs and stools.

Seat depth adjusts 3"(151⁄2"–181⁄2") by pullinghandle up. Slide seat for-ward or back to accommo-date various leg lengths.Release handle to lock. Thisfeature is standard on workchairs and stools.

2"1"

5"

Product Details

LiveLumbar systemallows the user to experi-ence continuous back sup-port with dialed in springforce that can be adjusted tomatch the users anatomy.

Rectilinear arms withsoft caps are standard.

Models are standard withadjustable seats that includeseat depth and passive seatedge angle.

Adjustability instruc-tions are included with everychair. Instructions can also befound at steelcase.com

Cartoned request on yourdealer purchase order forceAmia chairs to ship knockeddown with the chair back sep-arated from the base andmechanism. This allows forshipment in a smaller carton.Assembly by a qualifieddealer installer is required.Assembly instructions areincluded. This does not applyto Amia stools.

Uncartoned request onyour dealer purchase orderforce Amia chairs to ship fullyassembled.

Amia 482 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Arm Adjustments

Rectilinear height-,width-, pivot-, and depth-adjustable arms comestandard on all arm models ofchairs and stools.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 4" (7"–11" from the seat).Push button on outside andunder arm cap in while mov-ing arms up or down. Releas-ing buttons locks arms inposition.

Arm width adjusts 21/4"each independently on chairswith this option. Grasp armand move in or out.

Arms pivot in and out 30˚independently on modelswith adjustable-width arms.Grasp arm and push front toleft or right.

Arm depth adjusts approxi-mately 3" to enable user toget closer to worksurface.

3"

21/4"21/4"

4"

Seating Specification Guide cAmia 482 Series, continued 95

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 96: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Amia 482 Series, continued

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials on page 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the Surface Materials Refer-ence Manual for further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• 3D Knit (back only)• Leather• Vinyl

Hard components(back frame, outer back, armretainer, and base)• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Outer Back• Plastic color to match

monochromatic color of other hard components

• Fully upholstered

Polished aluminumbase and casters areavailable on chairs only.Stools are not available withthis base.

Arm Caps• Black • Leather

Column and foot ringon stools• 7207 Black only

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Base

Caster

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface Materials Reference Manual for further detail about pro-grams and services offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The following Steel-case Textiles and Designtexfabrics are available pre-treated with soil retardant.(You do not need to select thesoil-retardant option for thesefabrics and incur theupcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “Optional Accessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.” Mini-mums or additional yardagemay be required. Please con-tact the vendor directly forspecific information.

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “Optional Accessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.” Mini-mums or additional yardagemay be required. Please con-tact the vendor directly forspecific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted the Califor-nia Home Furnishing Techni-cal Bulletin TB 133 teststandard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 98

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscAmia Brochure

(05-0002313)cAmia Quick Reference

Pocket Card cAmia User Guide cSeating OverviewcInnovation Seating

Brochure (04-0011870) cAlive Seating

Computer ToolscInteractive User Guide

available on www.steelcase.comcAmia DVD

96 Seating Specification Guide

Page 97: Seating Specification Guide

Amia UpholsteryAmia Upholstery

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Fabric, leather, or vinyl-coveredback and seat, 3D Knit back

Fabric

3D Knit Back

3D Knit back is made upof three layers: the 3D Knit,a solid fabric that matchesthe 3D Knit color, and thepolyester cushion that pro-vides exceptional comfort.The seat on these modelscan be specified to matchthe 3D Knit color or in anyother material.

Seat

Back

Leather, Vinyl, andSelect Fabrics

Stitched seams areincluded on the back cushion and seat cushion of the following:• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Customer’s Own Leather

(COL)• Vinyl• Customer’s Own Vinyl

(COV)• Select Customer’s Own

Material (COM)• Select Fabrics

Pattern alignment at thelumbar seam cannot beguaranteed.

What Is It?

Back

Seat

Back

Seat

Outerback

Plastic outer back is fullyexposed. Fully upholsteredouter back is available.

Back

Seat

Seat and back cushionscan be removed and replaced ifdamaged.

Seating Specification Guide 97

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 98: Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsAmia 482 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

Amia 482 SeriesWork Chairs

Adjustable Seat 213⁄4" to 243⁄4" 265⁄8" 371⁄4" to 421⁄2" 181⁄2" 151⁄2" to 181⁄2" 193⁄8" 16" to 21" 187⁄8" 25"Depth

Stools

Adjustable Seat 213⁄4" to 243⁄4" 265⁄8" 441⁄4" to 521⁄2" 181⁄2" 151⁄2" to 181⁄2" 193⁄8" 23" to 31" 187⁄8" 25"Depth

Dimensions were mea-sured with BIFMA CMD(chair-measuring device).

Arm width adjustmentis 13"–191⁄2".. Arm pivot adjustment adds 23⁄4" to the width providing a total of 121⁄4"–201⁄2" of widthbetween the arms.

98 Seating Specification Guide

Page 99: Seating Specification Guide

DBack DLumbar DWidth DArm DArm DArm Cap DSeat DAngledLumbar dFlex dBetween dto dHeight dPivot dPan dBetweendHeight dZone dArms dFloor dfrom dRange dAngle dSeat andd d d d dSeat d d dBackd d d d d d d d

Work Chairs

61⁄4" to 10" 51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 13" to 191⁄2" 22" to 321⁄4" 7" to 11" 30° -3° to 3° 100° to 120°

Stools

61⁄4" to 10" 51⁄4" to 101⁄4" 13" to 191⁄2" 30" to 38" 7" to 11" 30° -3° to 3° 100° to 120°

Overall width26

ro

olfot

mrA

riahckro

W:H

13ot

H"22loot

S:H"83

otH"03

Overall depth213/4"D to 243/4"D: Adjustable seat depth

Back width18 W

Width between arms

1913

Seat width 193/8"W

Seat pan angle-3˚ to 3˚

Seat-to-back angle100˚ to 120˚

Back lumbar height61/4"H

to

to 10"H

5/8"

7/8"

1/2""

1 /4"

W

W W

th

gie

ht

ae

S

tnemtsujdathgieh-tae

4" p

neum

atic

s

lootS:

H"13ot

H"326112

otH"

riahckro

W:H"

5191

otH"

r w

ith

iahckro

W:H"

17"H

to 2

4"H

: Wor

k ch

air

with

7" p

neum

atic

sea

t-he

ight

adj

ustm

ent

th

gie

hll

arev

O 441 /

425

otH"

1 /2

lootS:

H"

731 /

424

otH"

1 /2

riahckro

W:H"

631 /

414

otH"

1 /2

1 /2

rwith

4"

pneu

mat

ic s

eat h

eigh

t adj

ustm

ent

iahckro

W:H"

38"H

to 4

4

"H: W

ork

chai

r w

ith 7

" pn

eum

atic

sea

t-he

ight

adj

ustm

ent

1 /2

-

Dimensions

Seating Specification Guide 99

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 100: Seating Specification Guide

100 Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series Work ChairSewn Leather Upholstery on Back, Seat, and Arm Caps

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 94

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms• Frame and arms: platinum• 3" seat depth adjustment• Five-arm base: polished aluminum• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• Fully-upholstered outer back, seat, and arm caps: Leather• Sewn upholstery design• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel

casters: polished aluminum

1 Style number2 Leather color number for upholstery

on back, seat, and arm caps3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 70 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.

• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Specify leather color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Frame and Arms• Black plastic –$ 75 Specify with 6205 Black.

Base • Plastic base –$175 Specify with plastic base.

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustablesoft arm caps arms.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

Casters Polished aluminum base• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft polished aluminum

hard floors: polished aluminum casters.• Hard, dual-wheel casters for use –$ 50 Specify with hard plastic casters.

on soft floors: plastic• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use –$ 30 Specify with soft plastic casters.

on hard floors: plasticPlastic base

• Soft, dual-wheel casters for use +$ 20 Specify with soft plastic casters.on hard floors: plastic

Glides Polished aluminum base• Glides: plastic –$ 32 Specify with glides.

Plastic base• Glides: plastic +$ 18 Specify with glides.

Tip: Polished aluminumcasters are available on apolished aluminum baseonly.

Tip: Plastic base availablewith plastic casters only.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Amiaseating.

cDetailed dimensions, page 98

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 101: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 101

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

4821410LS $1715d d

Amia 482 SeriesWork Chair

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 102: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series Work ChairsUpholstery on Back and Seat

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Amiaseating.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$304 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$351 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$110 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back• Steelcase leather fully +$566 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather fully +$636 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.

(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualouter back to specify.

• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.(COV) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualouter back to specify.

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 94

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps: black plastic• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:

plastic• 3" seat depth adjustment• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 98

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

102 Seating Specification Guide

c Options, continued on next page

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 103: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 SeriesWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 103

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyBase • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with polished aluminum base.

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$175 Specify without arms.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.on hard floors

• Hard, polished aluminum casters +$ 50 Specify with hard polished aluminum on polished aluminum base for use casterson soft floors

• Soft, polished aluminum casters +$ 70 Specify with soft polished aluminum on polished aluminum base for use casterson hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 18 Specify with glides.

c Options, continued from previous page

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

4821410 $859d d

Page 104: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series Work Chairs3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat

Tip: Sewn detail, if selected, is on the seat only.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$173 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Base • Polished aluminum base +$125 Specify with polished aluminum base.

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$175 Specify without arms.

Seat Height • 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

• 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment +$ 50 Specify with 7" pneumatic seat-height adjustment.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 18 Specify with glides.

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 94

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps: black plastic• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:

plastic• 3" seat depth adjustment• Passive seat edge angle• Adjustable lumbar• 3D Knit on back only• Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

104 Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions, page 98

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 105: Seating Specification Guide

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

4821418 $909d d

Amia 482 SeriesWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 105

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 106: Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 94

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Passive seat edge angle• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps: black plastic• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:

plastic• 3" seat depth adjustment• Column and 4" adjustable foot ring: black• Standard upholstery design: fabric price group 1• 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black• Adjustable lumbar

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat and back4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$304 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$351 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$110 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back• Steelcase leather fully +$566 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather fully +$636 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.

(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualouter back to specify.

• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$175 Add suffix SU to the style number.(COV) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualouter back to specify.

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Amia 482 Series StoolUpholstery on Back and Seat

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is availablewith certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

cDetailed dimensions, page 98

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Amiaseating.

106 Seating Specification Guide

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

c Options, continued on next page

Page 107: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series Stool

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

4827410 $1021d d

Seating Specification Guide 107

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyArms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.

soft arm caps• Armless –$175 Specify without arms.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.on hard floors

• Hard, polished aluminum casters +$ 50 Specify with hard polished aluminum on polished aluminum base for use casterson soft floors

• Soft, polished aluminum casters +$ 70 Specify with soft polished aluminum on polished aluminum base for use casterson hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 18 Specify with glides.

c Options, continued from previous page

Page 108: Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 94

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 8" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Passive seat edge angle• Rectilinear independent height-, width-, pivot-, and depth-

adjustable arms and soft arm caps: black plastic• Frame, seat shell, outer back, and five-arm base:

plastic• 3" seat depth adjustment• Column and 4" adjustable foot ring: black• 3D Knit on back only• Standard upholstery design on seat: fabric price group 1• 2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters: black• Adjustable lumbar

1 Style number2 Plastic color for frame, seat shell, outer

back, and base3 3D Knit color for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$173 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 30 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On frame, base, arm retainer, +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

and outer back

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, –$ 75 Specify with height-adjustable arms.soft arm caps

• Armless –$175 Specify without arms.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.on hard floors

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 18 Specify with glides.

Amia 482 Series Stool3D Knit on Back with Upholstery on Seat

cDetailed dimensions, page 98

Tip: Sewn detail, if selected,is on the seat only.

108 Seating Specification Guide

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 109: Seating Specification Guide

Amia 482 Series Stool

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

4827418 $1071d d

Seating Specification Guide 109

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Am

ia 4

82

Se

ries

Page 110: Seating Specification Guide

110 Seating Specification Guide

Page 111: Seating Specification Guide

Product Details

Reply 466 Series 112

Dimensions 116

Specifying

Work Chairs

Mesh Back with Standard Upholstery on Seat 118

Standard Upholstery on Back and Seat 119

Understandingand SpecifyingReply 466 SeriesWork Chairs

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the dayperforming repetitivetasks. By making a seriesof simple adjustments, youcan customize the chair toyour body, preferences,and tasks. These chairsprovide continuous, stable,task-oriented comfort, andcan be quickly adjusted tosupport you in upright, for-ward, and reclining workpostures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability Features

cSee page 12 for Replya comparison to 466other chairs. Series

Mechanisms

Synchro-tilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height •Arm Adjustments

Arm depth •Arm height •Arm pivot •Other Features

Soft-wheel casters •

Seating Specification Guide 111

Re

ply 4

66

Se

ries

Page 112: Seating Specification Guide

Reply 466 Series

112 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Reply is a complete family ofcomfortable, budget-friendlychairs that are as nice to lookat as they are to sit in. Replycan take on whatever yourworkday brings.

Arm caps can pivot ind-pendently 18º in and 4º outto accommodate individualuser preferences.

Back frame and seatshell are plastic.

Lumbar height adjusts 4"to provide additional lowerback support and is avail-able as an option on meshback chairs only.

Back height adjust-ment on upholsteredchairs allows you to raiseor lower chair back from aseated position to supportyour lower back.

Tilt tension adjustmentallows you to control theamount of resistanceneeded for reclining.

Back handle on meshback chair provides aconvenient handhold toeasily move the chair.

Arm depth can retract 3"to allow user to get closer tothe worksurface and intotight corners.

Arm height can adjust independently within a 33⁄4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. They are 21⁄2" forincreased mobility. Soft,dual-wheel casters areavailable as an option foruse on hard floors or chairmats.

Five-arm base is plastic.

Multi-position backlock allows user to lock thebackrest in multiple positions.

Seat height adjusts withina 5" range with a pneumaticadjustment mechanism.

Seat depth adjustswithin a 11⁄2" range toaccommodate users ofvarying leg lengths.

Page 113: Seating Specification Guide

Arms pivot 18° inward and4° outward on models withadjustable pivot arms. Grasparm and push front to left orright.

Other Features

Soft-wheel casters forhard floors are availablefor specific applications.

18°

Back Adjustments

Lumbar height adjusts 4"(6" to 10" from seat) bygrabbing exposed tabs andsliding the lumbar support upor down. Available as anoption on mesh work chairsonly.

Multiple position backlock allows users to reclinethe back to the desiredangle and lock it in place.To lock, recline to desiredangle and push back lockhandle down. To release,lean forward, lift the handleand apply pressure to theback to disengage the lock.

Back height adjusts 21⁄2"(23"–251⁄2") by pressing andholding the control button onthe right side of the back,and sliding the back supportup or down. Release thecontrol button to lock.Thisfeature is standard on workchairs with uphostered (non-mesh) backs only.

21/2"

Variableback lock(4 positions)

Uprightsetting

4"

Adjustment Features

Adjustability instruc-tions are included withevery chair. Instructions canalso be found at www.steel-case.com.

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjusts pneumatically. To lower, hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up and keep your weight off the chair. Range of adjusta-bility is 5", from 16"H to21"H.

Seat depth adjusts 11⁄2"(151⁄4"–163⁄4") by pullinghandle up. Slide seat for-ward or back to accommo-date various leg lengths.Release handle to lock.Seat depth is a standardfeature on work chairs.

11/2"

Product DetailsSynchro-tilt mecha-nism with a naturalfluid motion keeps usersoriented to their work.

Cartoned shipment of Replychairs is standard. Replychairs ship knocked down ina single carton consisting offour components: back,seat and mechanism, base,and pneumatic. This allowsfor shipment in a smallercarton. Assembly by a qual-ified dealer installer isrequired. Assembly instruc-tions are included. No addi-tional tools are required forassembly.

Reply 466 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide cReply 466 Series, continued 113

Back tension adjusts byturning knob forward toincrease back tension, back-ward to decrease back ten-sion. This feature is standardon all work chairs.

Arm Adjustments

Height-, pivot-, anddepth-adjustable armsare available as an opiton onReply task chairs.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a rangeof 33⁄4" (71⁄2"–111⁄4" from theseat). Push button on out-side and under arm cap inwhile moving arms up ordown. Releasing buttonslocks arms in position.

Height-only adjustablearm is also available andadjusts 33⁄4".

Arm depth adjustsapproximately 3" to enableuser to get closer to worksurface.

3"

33/4"

Re

ply 4

66

Se

ries

Page 114: Seating Specification Guide

114 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Reply 466 Series, continued

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials on page 256 for specific availability or refer to the Surface Materials Refer-ence Manual for further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Mesh (back only)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Hard componentsChair (frame, outer back,arm cap assembly, andmechanism)• 6205 Black

Chair (arm tube and base)• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Sewn-upholstery models feature a stitchdetail on the sides of theseat and back cushions,and across the lumbarregion of the back cushion.

Mesh back models areavailable with a height-adjustable lumbar option toenhance back support.

Upholstered back models feature a back-height adjustment thatallows you to raise or lowerthe chair back from aseated position to supportyour lower back.

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual for further detail about pro-grams and services offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity forcustomers to select fabricsthat are not offered throughthe standard Steelcase sur-face materials program foruse on Steelcase products.Through the COM program,Steelcase will test yourmaterials for application onSteelcase products. Onceapproved, you can placeyour order. Steelcase willfacilitate the entire orderingprocess and give you a pro-duction schedule. Steelcasewill order the COM fabricdirectly from the textile man-ufacturer. For up-to-dateinformation regarding fabrictest results for all COM fab-rics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistanceto a fabric without affectingthe shade or the integrityof the fabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not needto select the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fab-rics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to selectthe soil retardant option forthese fabrics and will notincur the $20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select“Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Acces-sories.” Minimums or addi-tional yardage may berequired. Please contact thevendor directly for specificinformation.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Steelcase fire codeseating (FCS) is not avail-able on Reply seating.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 74

Page 115: Seating Specification Guide

Reply 466 Series

Seating Specification Guide 115

Re

ply 4

66

Se

ries

Page 116: Seating Specification Guide

Overall width261/8"W: Upholstered back253/4"W: Mesh back

Back width171/2"W

Width between arms151/8"W to 191/8"W

Seat width 181/2"W

Lumbar height fromseat on mesh

back chair 6"H to 10"H

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 39

1 /4"

H to

463

/4"H

: Uph

olst

ered

bac

k37

3 /4"

H to

423

/4"H

: Mes

h ba

ck

Se

at

he

igh

t 16

"H to

21"

H: C

hair

Seat depth167/8"D

Overall depth211/8"D to 221/2"D: Upholstered back24"D to 25"D: Mesh back

Seat-to-back angle97° to 113°: Upholstered back97° to 115°: Mesh back

Seat pan angle1.8°

116 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsReply 466 Series

Features DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBack DLumbard dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeight dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfrom dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat dSeatd d d d d d d d d

d d d d d d d d d

Reply 466 SeriesChairs

Mesh Back 24" to 25" 253⁄4" 373⁄4" to 167⁄8" 151⁄4" to 163⁄4" 181⁄2" 16" to 21" 171⁄2" 225⁄8" 6" to 10"423⁄4"

Upholstered 211⁄8" to 261⁄8" 391⁄4" to 167⁄8" 151⁄4" to 163⁄4" 181⁄2" 16" to 21" 171⁄2" 233⁄4" to N.A.Back and Seat 221⁄2" 463⁄4" 261⁄4"

Page 117: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 117

Dimensions

DWidth DArm DArm Cap DAngle DSeatdBetween dHeight dPivot dBetween dPandAdjustable dfrom dRange dSeat and dAngledArms dSeat d dBack d

d d d d d

d d d d d

Chairs

151⁄8" to 191⁄8" 71⁄2" to 111⁄4" 18° inward, 97° to 113° 1.8°4° outward

151⁄8" to 191⁄8" 71⁄2" to 111⁄4" 18° inward, 97° to 115° 1.8°4° outward

Re

ply 4

66

Se

ries

Page 118: Seating Specification Guide

118 Seating Specification Guide

Reply 466 Series Work ChairsMesh Back with Standard Upholstery on Seat

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$175 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On base and arm tube +$ 75 Specify with 4799 Platinum.

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, soft arm caps +$ 85 Specify with height-adjustable arms.• Height-, pivot-, depth-adjustable arms +$125 Specify with height- ,pivot- ,depth-

adjustable arms.

Lumbar Height • 4" travel for additional lumbar support +$ 35 Specify with adjustable lumbar height.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

466160MT $635d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 112

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Variable back lock• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base: plastic• 2" seat depth adjustment• Mesh on back• Standard upholstery design on seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, and

arm tube; if specified3 Mesh color number for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery

on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions, page 116

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Amiaseating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Tip: Frame, and optionalarm cap assembly are avail-able in 6205 Black only.

Page 119: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 119

Reply 466 Series Work ChairsReply 466 Series Work Chairs

Upholstery on Back and Seat

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$300 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$350 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Sewn upholstery +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Soil-retardant treatment applied to +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

upholstery fabric

Platinum• On base, and arm tube +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Arms • Height-adjustable arms, soft arm caps +$ 85 Specify with height-adjustable arms.• Height-, pivot-, depth-adjustable arms +$125 Specify with height-, pivot-, depth-

adjustable arms.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for use on +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBased dPriced d

466160MP $605d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 112

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment (16"–21")• Variable back lock• Frame, seat shell, and five-arm plastic base: plastic• 2" seat depth adjustment• 21⁄4" back-height adjustment• Mesh on back• Standard upholstery design on back and seat:

fabric price group 1• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard-composition, dual-wheel casters:

black

cDetailed dimensions, page 116

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Amiaseating.

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, and

arm tube; if specified3 Fabric color number for upholstery

on back and seat4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Re

ply 4

66

Se

ries

Tip: Frame, outer back, andoptional arm cap assemblyare available in 6205 Blackonly.

Page 120: Seating Specification Guide

120 Seating Specification Guide

Page 121: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingDrive 461 SeriesWork Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 121

Product Details

Drive 461 Series 122

Dimensions 126

Specifying

Work Chairs 128

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the day per-forming repetitive tasks. Bymaking a series of simpleadjustments, you can cus-tomize the chair to yourbody, preferences, and tasks.These chairs provide contin-uous, stable, task-orientedcomfort, and can be quicklyadjusted to support you inupright, forward, and reclin-ing work postures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability FeaturescSee page 12 for Drive

a comparison to 461 Seriesother chairs.

Mechanisms

Synchro-tilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Seat angle •Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Lumbar height •Back tension •Upright back lock •Arm Adjustments

Arm height •Arm width •Arm pivot •

Drive

46

1 S

erie

s

Page 122: Seating Specification Guide

122 Seating Specification Guide

Drive 461 Series

Product Details

Full-back height is avail-able with and without arms.

Drive offers multiple armoptions.

Height- and width-adjustable T-arms• Height- and width-

adjustable T-arms arestandard on all chairs witharms.

Independent height-,width-, and pivot-adjustable arms• Telescoping arms with

height, width, and pivotadjustability are an option.

Height-adjustableT-arms• Height-adjustable T-arms

are an option.

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Drive is high-performanceseating for value-driven cus-tomers. Intuitive controls,high-comfort ratings, a versa-tile statement of line, and awide range of adjustmentsmake it a great solution foranywhere in the office.

Outer back and outerseat is plastic.

Arm width adjustswithin a 3" range for eacharm to provide forearmsupport in neutral positionfor 5th to 95th percentileusers.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Lumbar adjusts up anddown within a 4" range tohelp ensure healthful back posture.

Face plate is plastic andwill match base color.

Seat depth adjustswithin a 3" range and is an option on all models.Adjustment paddle is locatedon left side of chair.

Seat angle adjusts for-ward, upright, and reclinedto suit user.

Seat height adjustswithin a 5" range with apneumatic adjustmentmechanism.

Five-arm base is steelwith plastic cap.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available for useon hard floors or chair mats.

Upright back lockallows user to lock the backin a full upright position orrelease it for full-tilt motion.

Arm caps can pivotindependently to accommo-date user preferences.

Page 123: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cDrive 461 Series, continued 123

Drive 461 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically.To raise, lift your weight offthe seat and pull lever up. To lower chair, remainseated and pull lever up.

Seat angle adjustsby pulling paddle and shift-ing your weight to alter seatangle. Release paddle tolock.

Seat depth adjustment.Lift paddle under left side ofseat. Slide seat forward orbackward. Release paddle.

3"

5"

Back Adjustments

Lumbar adjustment.Lean forward to slide handleup or down with both handsto desired position.

Back tension adjustment.Turn knob forward toincrease tension, backwardsto decrease.

Upright back lock.To release, lean forward andpull toward back. To lock,lean forward and pushtoward front.

4"

Arm Adjustments

Arm height.Lift trigger, raise or lower todesired height.

Arm width on standardT-arm. Grasp arm caps, flip them over.

Arm width on roundedtelescoping height,width, and pivot arm.Grasp arm caps and movein or out. Arm will stay wherepositioned.

Arms pivot independently.Grasp arm and push fromfront to left or right.

4"

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Hard components(base, arms, plastic armcaps, outer back, outer seat,and face plate)• Monochromatic color from

list of seating plastic color numbers will apply to all hard components.

Outer back and outerseat• Plastic color to match

color of other “hard components”

Arms• Plastic color arm caps

to match the plastic colorof the other “hardcomponents”

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

Drive

46

1 S

erie

s

Page 124: Seating Specification Guide

Drive 461 Series, continued

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

124 Seating Specification Guide

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE (1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263 forupholstery fabrics availablefor use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 126

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscDrive Brochure

(04-0011869)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)cDrive User Guide

(S11264)

Computer ToolscInteractive User Guide

available onwww.steelcase.comcElectronic User Disk

(S10615)

Page 125: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 125

Drive 461 Series

Drive

46

1 S

erie

s

Page 126: Seating Specification Guide

126 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsDrive 461 Series

DFeatures DOverall DFixed DAdjustable DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dSeat dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d dDepth dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeatd d d d d d d d

Drive 461 SeriesFull-Back Work Chairs

Arms 273⁄8" 26" 371⁄2"–421⁄2" 163⁄4" 16"–19" 20" 151⁄2"–201⁄2" 181⁄2" 231⁄2"

Without Arms 273⁄8" 191⁄2" 371⁄2"–421⁄2" 163⁄4" 16"–19" 20" 151⁄2"–201⁄2" 181⁄2" 231⁄2"

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 37

1 /2"

H to

421

/2"H

: Ful

l-bac

k ch

air

Se

at

he

igh

t 15

1 /2"

H to

201

/2"H

Seat depth163/4"D: Fixed seat depth16"D to 19"D: Adjustable seat depth

Seat-to-back angle98° to 112°

Seat pan angle–5° to +4°

Arm

to

flo

or

221 /

2"H

to 3

11/2

"H: C

hair

with

hei

ght-

adju

stab

lear

ms

Seat width 20"W

Overall width with arms26"W

Back width181/2"W

Adjustablelumbarsupport6" to 10"H

Width between arms181/2"W: Height-adjustable16"W to 19"W:Height- and width-adjustable T-arms111/4"W to 181/4"W:Height-, width- and pivot-adjustable arms

Arm

he

igh

t7"

H to

11"

H: H

eigh

t-ad

just

able

arm

s

Page 127: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 127

Dimensions

DBack DArm DAdjustable DWidth DWidth DWidth Between DSeat DAngledLumbar dto dArm dBetween dBetween dHeight-, Width- dPan dBetweendHeight dFloor dHeight dHeight- dHeight- and dand Pivot- dAngle dSeat andd d dfrom dAdjustable dWidth-Adjustable dAdjustable d dBackd d dSeat dArms dT-Arms dArm d d

Full-Back Work Chairs

6"–10" 22"–33" 7"–11" 181⁄2" 16"–19" 111⁄4"–181⁄4" -5°–+4° 98°–112°

6"–10" N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. -5°–+4° 98°–112°

Drive

46

1 S

erie

s

Page 128: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 126

Drive 461 Series Work Chairs S

128 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 122

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• Upright back lock• Lumbar adjustment• 5" seat height range• Pneumatic height adjustment• Height- and width-adjustable T-Arms, if selected:

plastic color to match base• Outer back and outer seat: plastic• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄5"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: plastic color to match base

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base, outer

back, outer seat, arms, and casters3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with 6205black plastic components.cPages 262–263 for upholstery fabric choices.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Driveseating.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather +$598 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number for upholstery.

• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$690 Add suffix S to the style number andspecify Elmosoft leather color number.

• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and specify vinyl color number.

• Customer’s Own Leather +$360 Add suffix S to the style number.(COL) cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number.

(COV)• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Rounded • Independent height-, +$ 37 Specify with height-, width-, Arm Caps width-, and pivot-adjustable and pivot-adjustable arms.

T-Arms • Independent height-adjustable –$ 76 Specify with height-adjustable T-arms.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors (21⁄5")

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.S = Transitional product

Page 129: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 129

Specification Information

Arms with Soft Arm Caps Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Full-Back Work ChairsBack Lock, Seat Angle, Seat Depth

4611411 S $1085 4611401 S $870

Back Lock

4611111 S $ 959 4611101 S $744d d d d

Drive 461 SeriesWork Chairs

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.S = Transitional product

Drive

46

1 S

erie

s

Page 130: Seating Specification Guide

130 Seating Specification Guide

Page 131: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingJersey SeriesWork Chair

Seating Specification Guide 131

Product Details

Jersey Series 132

Dimensions 136

Specifying

Value Package Work Chair 138

Work Chairs 139

Multi-Use Chairs 140

Work Chairs

Highly adjustable taskseating offers maximumpersonalization for peoplewho sit most of the day per-forming repetitive tasks. Bymaking a series of simpleadjustments, you can cus-tomize the chair to yourbody, preferences, and tasks.These chairs provide contin-uous, stable, task-orientedcomfort, and can be quicklyadjusted to support you inupright, forward, and reclin-ing work postures.

• Leap 462 Series• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge• Criterion 453 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series• Reply 466 Series• Drive 461 Series• Jersey Series

Adjustability FeaturescSee page 12 for Jersey Series

a comparison toother chairs.

Mechanisms

Synchro-tilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Seat angle •Seat depth •Back Adjustments

Back tension •Upright back lock •Arm Adjustments

Arm height •Arm width •Arm pivot •

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 132: Seating Specification Guide

132 Seating Specification Guide

Jersey Series

Product Details

Jersey work chairs areavailable armless, with fixedarms, with height and main-tenance width-adjustablearms, and with height-,width-, and pivot-adjustablearms.

Multi-use chairs areavailable with or withoutarms and with or withoutcasters.

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Jersey features a doublemesh back in a uniqueergonomic “S” shape to conform to each user forcomfort and support.

Mesh back is available in9 colors and is standard onall models.

Arm height adjustsindependently within a 4"range to help relieve upperback and shoulder fatigue.

Seat depth adjustswithin a 3" range and is an option on all models.

Seat angle adjusts for-ward, upright, and reclinedto suit user.

Five-arm base is plasticon 6205 Black frame models. Base is aluminumon 4799 Platinum models.

Casters have hard, dual-wheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available for useon hard floors or chair mats.

Seat height adjusts41⁄2", from 16" to 201⁄2", witha pneumatic adjustmentmechanism.

Upright back lockallows user to lock the backin a full upright position orrelease it for full-tilt motion.

Arm width adjusts within a 3" range for each arm to provide forearm support in a neutral position.

Arm caps can pivot independently to accommo-date user preferences.

Page 133: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cJersey Series, continued 133

Jersey Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Arm cap styles dependon the arm adjustmentselected.

Arm cap on height-,width-, and pivot-adjustablearms.

Arm cap on fixed andheight and maintenance-width-adjustable arms.

Stackability for theJersey guest chair is fourhigh on the floor. Modelswith arms are 241⁄4"W x281⁄2"D x 421⁄2"H. Modelswithout arms are 205⁄8"W x281⁄2"D x 421⁄2"H. If stackingdimensions are intended foran enclosure, add 2" to thewidth and depth, and 1" tothe height for clearance.

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically.To raise chair, lift bodyweight up, and pull lever up.To lower chair, remainseated and pull lever up.

Seat angle adjustment.Pull lever back and hold,shift seat to desired angle,and release lever to lock.

Seat depth adjustment.Pull lever forward and hold,shift seat forward or back,and release lever to lock.

3"

41/2"

Back Adjustments

Back tension adjustment.To decrease tension, turncounterclockwise. Toincrease tension, turn clockwise.

Upright back lock.To release, lean forward andpull toward back. To lock,lean forward and pushtoward front.

Arm Adjustments

Arm height.Pull trigger up and hold, pullarm up or push down, andrelease trigger to lock

Arm width on roundedtelescoping height,width, and pivot arm.Grasp arm caps and movein or out. Arm will stay wherepositioned.

Arms pivot independently.Grasp arm and push fromfront to left or right.

Maintenance armwidth adjustment.Loosen and remove screws,slide arm bracket in. Replaceand tighten screws.

4"

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Mesh on back standard• Fabric or leather on seat

Hard components(base, arms, plastic armcaps, outer seat)• Black

Platinum frame(base and arm uprights)available as an option

Arms• Black

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 134: Seating Specification Guide

Jersey Series, continued

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

134 Seating Specification Guide

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

DimensionscPage 136

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscJersey Brochure

(04-0000161)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Computer ToolscUser Guide available on

www.steelcase.com

ShippingJersey chairs are cartonedassembled only. Uncartonedshipments are not available.

Page 135: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 135

Jersey Series

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 136: Seating Specification Guide

136 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsJersey Series

DFeatures DOverall DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d dFloor d dSeatd d d d d d d

Jersey SeriesWork Chairs

Pneumatic 25" 261⁄4" 351⁄2"–40" 17"* 20" 16"–201⁄2" 20" 18"

Multi-Use Chairs

4-Leg with Arms 24" 24" 321⁄4" 17" 171⁄2" 171⁄2" 19" 151⁄2"

4-Leg Armless 24" 171⁄2" 321⁄4" 17" 171⁄2" 171⁄2" 19" 151⁄2"

*Models with seat depth adjustment measures 163⁄4"–20".

Arm

to

flo

or

23"H

to 2

8"H

: Wor

k ch

air

with

fixe

d ar

ms

23"H

to 3

2"H

: Wor

k ch

air

with

hei

ght-

adju

stab

le a

rms

Seat width 20"W

Overall width with arms261/4"W

Back width20"W

Width between arms131/2"W to 181/2"W

Overall depth25"D

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 35

1 /2"

H to

40"

H: W

ork

chai

r

Se

at

he

igh

t 16

"H to

201

/2"H

: Wor

k ch

air

Seat-to-back angle95° to 105°

Seat pan angle2°

Page 137: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 137

Dimensions

DWidth DArm to DArm to DArm DArm DArm Cap DSeat DAngledBetween dFloor dFloor dHeight dHeight dPivot dPan dBetweendArms dFixed dHeight Adj dfrom Seat dfrom Seat dRange dAngle dSeat andd dArm dArm dFixed Arm dAdj-Height d d dBackd d d d dArm d d d

Work Chairs

131⁄2"–181⁄2" 23"–28" 23"–32" 9" 7"–11" 30° 2° 95°–105°

Multi-Use Chairs

215⁄8" 251⁄2" N.A. 71⁄2" N.A. N.A. 2° N.A.

N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 138: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 136

Jersey Series Value Package Work ChairBlack Mesh on Back with Buzz2 Fabric on SeatBlack Plastic Finish on Frame

138 Seating Specification Guide

Tip: This value packageallows you to obtain the pre-selected features at a lowerprice than if specifying as astandard model number.

Tip: Options or substitutionsare not available on thisvalue package.

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 132

• Deluxe synchro-tilt mechanism: provides seat depthand seat angle

• Pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upright back lock• Tilt tension• Back: T084 Black mesh• Seat: Buzz2 fabric• Height-, width-, and pivot-adjustable arms• Frame: black plastic• Hard dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Buzz2 fabric color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

JERSEYV $876d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 139: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 139

cDetailed dimensions,page 136

Jersey Series Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 132

• Synchro-tilt mechanism• Pneumatic height adjustment• Upright back lock• Tilt tension• Back: mesh• Seat: fabric• Five-arm base: reinforced black plastic• Hard dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Mesh color number for back3 Fabric color number for seat4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Seat UpholsteryMaterials • Jersey black fabric No cost Specify with 5011.

• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Jersey black leather +$ 84 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify with L225.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.

Frame • 4799 Platinum frame with +$ 75 Specify with 4799 Platinum.and Base aluminum base

Seating • Deluxe synchro-tilt mechanism: +$ 78 Specify with deluxe synchro-tiltMechanism provides seat depth and seat mechanism.

angle

Fixed-Height • Fixed-height, maintenance +$ 89 Specify with fixed-height, maintenanceArms width-adjustable arms width-adjustable arms.

Height- • Height- and maintenance +$110 Specify with height- and maintenanceAdjustable width-adjustable arms width-adjustable arms.Arms

Height-, Width-, • Height-, width-, and pivot- +$125 Specify with height-, width-, andand Pivot- adjustable arms pivot-adjustable arms.Adjustable Arms

Casters • Soft dual-wheel casters for +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.use on hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

TS38301 $729d d

Tip: Leather, Elmosoftleather, COL, vinyl, andCOV materials require a S suffix.

Jersey Series Work Chairs

Tip: Arms, if specified,will match frame color(7207 Black standard,4799 Platinum optional).

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 140: Seating Specification Guide

140 Seating Specification Guide

Jersey Series Multi-Use Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 132

• Back: mesh• Seat: fabric• Arms, if selected: black• Steel four-leg frame: black• Glides: black plastic• Stacks four high

1 Style number2 Mesh color number for back3 Fabric color number for seat4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Multi-Use Chair, Fabric, with Glides

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Seat UpholsteryMaterials • Jersey black fabric No cost Specify with 5011.

• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Jersey black leather +$ 84 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify with L225.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.

Frame • 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$ 50 Specify with 4799 Platinum.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

With ArmsTS38304 $450d d

Without ArmsTS38305 $415d d

cDetailed dimensions,page 136

Tip: Arms, if specified,will match frame color(7207 Black standard,4799 Platinum optional).

Tip: Leather, Elmosoftleather, COL, vinyl, andCOV materials require a S suffix.

Page 141: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 141

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 132

• Back: mesh• Seat: fabric• Arms, if selected: black • Steel four-leg frame: black• Hard dual-wheel casters: black• Stacks four high

1 Style number2 Mesh color number for back3 Fabric color number for seat4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Multi-Use Chair, Fabric, with Casters

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Seat UpholsteryMaterials • Jersey black fabric No cost Specify with 5011.

• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Jersey black leather +$ 84 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify with L225.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$144 Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$166 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number

and specify leather color number.

Frame • 4799 Platinum aluminum frame +$ 50 Specify with 4799 Platinum.

Casters • Soft dual-wheel casters for +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.use on hard floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

With ArmsTS38308 $494d d

Without ArmsTS38309 $460d d

Tip: Arms, if specified,will match frame color(7207 Black standard,4799 Platinum optional).

cDetailed dimensions,page 136

Tip: Leather, Elmosoftleather, COL, vinyl, andCOV materials require a S suffix.

Jersey Series Multi-Use Chairs

Je

rsey S

erie

s

Page 142: Seating Specification Guide

142 Seating Specification Guide

Page 143: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingProtégé 433 Series Work Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 143

Product Details

Protégé 433 Series 144

Dimensions 146

Specifying

Value Package Work Chair 148

Work Chairs 150

Multi-Use Chairs 152

Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs 154

Work Chairs

Adjustable workchairs offer basic ergo-nomic comfort for peoplewho have varied tasks andtend to be in and out of theoffice during the day. Fea-tures include adjustableseat height, back tension,and upright back lock. Alsofeatured is the no front-riseseat—in other words,when you lean back, thefront edge of the seatdoesn’t rise up, lifting yourlegs off the floor and cut-ting off circulation.

• Protégé 433 Series• Cachet 487 Series

Adjustability FeaturesProtégé433 Series

Mechanisms

Advanced swivel-tilt •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Back Adjustments

Upright back lock •Back tension •

cSee page 12 for a comparison to other chairs

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 144: Seating Specification Guide

144 Seating Specification Guide

Protégé 433 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Work and multi-usechairs are available with orwithout arms.

Multi-use chair basesare available in two styles:advanced swivel-tilt andsled base.

Protégé is an economic,general-use solution withbasic ergonomic features.Protégé is stylish, comfort-able, and well suited fora wide range of tasks,including moderate com-puter use.

Outer back is plastic.Fully upholstered outer back is an option.

Arms are standard with softarm caps.

Seat height adjusts with a 5" range from 15"H to20"H with a pneumaticadjustment mechanism.

Hard, dual-wheelcasters are provided foruse on carpets. Soft, dual-wheel casters are availablefor use on hard floors orchair mats.

Five-arm base isstandard.

Page 145: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 145

Protégé 433 Series

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically. To lower,hold handle up while seated.To raise, hold handle up andkeep your weight off thechair.

Back Adjustments

Back tension adjustsby turning knob. Turn knobclockwise to increase ten-sion, counterclockwise to decrease.

Upright back lock.Flick switch forward to lock;flick switch back to tilt.

5"

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Base and Arms• 6205 Black• 6250 Coffee• 6249 Platinum

Arm Caps and Outer Back Shell• 6205 Black• 6250 Coffee

Casters• 6205 Black

Tip: Chairs with a platinumfinish will feature a platinumbase and arms, and a blackouter shell, casters, and armcaps (if specified).

Glides• Plastic on sled base

models

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 146

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscProtégé Brochure

(08-0000160)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 146: Seating Specification Guide

146 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsProtégé 433 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

Protégé 433 SeriesWork Chairs

Pneumatic 211⁄4" 241⁄4" 323⁄4"–373⁄4" 171⁄2" 16" 191⁄2" 15"–20" 19" 191⁄4"

Multi-Use Chairs

Fixed Height 211⁄4" 241⁄4" 351⁄4" 171⁄2" 16" 191⁄2" 171⁄4" 19" 191⁄4"

Sled Base 211⁄4" 23" 35" 171⁄2" 16" 191⁄2" 181⁄4" 19" 191⁄4"

Overall width241/4"W

Overall depth211/4"D

Back width19"W

Seat width191/2"W

Arm

to

flo

or

23"H

to 2

8"H

: Wor

k ch

air

253 /

4"H

: Mul

ti-us

e ch

air

251 /

2"H

:Sle

dba

se m

ulti-

use

chai

r

Se

at

he

igh

t15

"H to

20"

H: W

ork

chai

r17

1 /4

"H: M

ulti-

use

chai

r18

1 /4

"H:S

led

base

mul

ti-us

e ch

air

Seat pan angle2°

Seat-to-back angle101° to 127°: Work chair101°: Multi-use chair and sled base multi-use chair

Ove

rall

he

igh

t32

3 /4

"H to

373

/4"H

: Wor

k ch

air

351 /

4"H

: Mul

ti-us

e ch

air

35"H

:Sle

dba

se m

ulti-

use

chai

r

Width between arms191/4"W

Back lumbar height93/4"H

Page 147: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 147

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendHeight dArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d d dSeat d dBack

Work Chairs

93⁄4" 191⁄4" 23"–28" 73⁄4" 2° 101°–127°

Multi-Use Chairs

93⁄4" 191⁄4" 253⁄4" 73⁄4" 2° 101°

93⁄4" 191⁄4" 251⁄2" 73⁄4" 2° 101°

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 148: Seating Specification Guide

Protégé 433 Series Value Package Work ChairBuzz2 Fabric on Seat and BackBlack Plastic Finish on Frame

148 Seating Specification Guide

Tip: This value packageallows you to obtain the pre-selected features at a lowerprice than if specifying as astandard model number.

Tip: Options or substitutionsare not available on thisvalue package.

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 144

• Advanced swivel-tilt mechanism• Pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Arms with soft arm caps: black plastic• Back tension adjustment• Seat and back: Buzz2 fabric• Five-arm base: black plastic• Frame: black plastic• Hard dual-wheel casters: black

1 Style number2 Buzz2 fabric color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

PROTEGEV $650d d

cDetailed dimensions,page 146

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 149: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 149

Protégé 433 SeriesValue Package Work Chair

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 150: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 146

150 Seating Specification Guide

Protégé 433 Series Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 144

• Advanced swivel-tilt mechanism• Arms with soft plastic arm caps, if selected: color to

match base• Back tension adjustment• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base and arms3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toProtégé seating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather +$ 610 Add suffix S to style number and specify

upholstery leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 704 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number and specify

vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 372 Add suffix S to style number.

(COL) cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual to specify.

• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number.(COV)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$ 104 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back and outer seat• Steelcase leather fully +$1055 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back and specify leather color number.outer seat

• Elmosoft leather fully +$1218 Add suffix SU to the style number andupholstered outer back and specify Elmosoft leather color number.outer seat

• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 581 Add suffix SU to the style number.(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual outer back and outer seat to specify.

Platinum• On base and arms +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.

Tip: Chairs with a platinumfinish will feature a platinumbase and arms, and a blackouter shell, casters, andarm caps (if specified).

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 151: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 151

Protégé 433 SeriesWork Chairs

Specification Information

Arms with Soft Arm Caps Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Pneumatic

4331223 $720 4331203 $652

Pneumatic with Upright Back Lock

4331423 $770 4331403 $702d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 152: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 146

152 Seating Specification Guide

Protégé 433 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 144

• Fixed height with advanced swivel-tilt mechanism• Arms with soft plastic arm caps, if selected: color to

match base• Back tension adjustment• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Five-arm base: plastic color• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base and arms3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toProtégé seating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather +$ 610 Add suffix S to style number and specify

upholstery leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 704 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number and specify

vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 372 Add suffix S to style number.

(COL) cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual to specify.

• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number.(COV)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$ 104 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back and outer seat• Steelcase leather fully +$1055 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back and specify leather color number.outer seat

• Elmosoft leather fully +$1218 Add suffix SU to the style number andupholstered outer back and specify Elmosoft leather color number.outer seat

• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 581 Add suffix SU to the style number.(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual outer back and outer seat to specify.

Platinum• On base and arms +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.

Tip: Chairs with a platinumfinish will feature a platinumbase and arms, and a blackouter shell, casters, and armcaps (if specified).

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 153: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 153

Protégé 433 SeriesMulti-Use Chairs

Specification Information

Arms with Soft Arm Caps Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Multi-Use ChairsFixed Height Fixed Height

4333023 $699 4333003 $631d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Pro

tég

é 4

33

Se

ries

Page 154: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 146

154 Seating Specification Guide

Protégé 433 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 144

• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Frame: plastic color• Arms with soft arm caps: plastic• Glides: clear plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for base and arms3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options toProtégé seating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather +$ 610 Add suffix S to style number and specify

upholstery leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 704 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number and specify

vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 372 Add suffix S to style number.

(COL) cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual to specify.

• Customer’s Own Vinyl +$ 65 Add suffix S to style number.(COV)

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$ 104 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back and outer seat• Steelcase leather fully +$1055 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back and specify leather color number.outer seat

• Elmosoft leather fully +$1218 Add suffix SU to the style number andupholstered outer back and specify Elmosoft leather color number.outer seat

• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 581 Add suffix SU to the style number.(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual outer back and outer seat to specify.

Platinum• On sled-base frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs4335023 $586d d

Tip: Chairs with a platinumfinish will feature a platinumbase and arms, and a blackouter shell, casters, and arm caps.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 155: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingCachet 487 Series Work Chairs

Product Details

Cachet 487 Series 156

Dimensions 158

Specifying

Swivel-Base Work Chairs 160

Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs 162

Swivel-Base Stools 164

Cushion Upholstery Packages 166

Accessories 169

Work Chairs

Cachet offers basic ergo-nomic comfort for peoplewho have varied tasks andtend to be in and out of theoffice during the day. Fea-tures include adjustable seatheight and a unique Bal-anced-Action Rocker (BAR)mechanism that allows usersto recline easily without amanual adjustment. Also fea-tured is the no front-riseseat—in other words, whenyou lean back, the front edgeof the seat doesn’t rise up,lifting your legs off the floorand cutting off circulation.

• Protégé 433 Series• Cachet 487 Series

Seating Specification Guide 155

Adjustability FeaturesCachet487 Series

Mechanisms

Balanced Action Rocker (BAR) •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Back Adjustments

Self adjusts •Other Features

Foot ring height (stool) •

cSee page 12 for a comparison to other chairs

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 156: Seating Specification Guide

Cachet 487 Series

156 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chair bases are availablein three styles—fixed-heightfour leg, adjustable-heightswivel, and adjustable-height stool.

Balanced-action rocker(BAR) mechanismallows the user to recline for optimum comfort.

Upholstered cushionsare available for use onchair back and seat. Cush-ions can be specified forfactory installation orordered separately for fieldinstallation. When specifiedwith the chair, cushions areavailable for seat and back,or seat only. When orderedseparately, cushions areavailable for seat and back,seat only, or back only. Thecushions attach to the slatsof back and seat.Tip: You must specifyplastic outer back color tomatch chair.

...............................................................................................................................................

Cachet chairs are light-weight, extremely comfort-able, multipurpose chairs with a unique Balanced-Action Rocker (BAR) mecha-nism that allows the chair torecline in response to theuser’s weight.

Flexible, contouredback and seat have par-allel slats that conform toindividual users.

Flip-up arms easily liftto move out of the way orto allow for stacking.

Five-arm base is standard.

Hard, dual-wheel cast-ers are provided for use oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available foruse on hard floors.

Seat height adjustswithin a 5" range (151⁄2"H to201⁄2"H) with a pneumatic-adjustment mechanism.

Balanced-action rocker(BAR) mechanismallows every user to fullyrecline.

Nylon injection-moldedtubular frame providesstrength with minimalweight.

Page 157: Seating Specification Guide

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to selectthe soil retardant option forthese fabrics and will notincur the $20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select“Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Acces-sories.” Minimums or addi-tional yardage may berequired. Please contact thevendor directly for specificinformation.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics available for use with FCSmodification.

Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableon non-upholstered models.FCS is also available onupholstered models withcertain fabric choices only. cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Ganging and alignmentdevice is available to linkleg-base chairs together inthe field for evenly spacedrows. Chairs can be sepa-rated easily. Spacingbetween chairs linked withalignment device is 2".Tip: You must specify plasticcolor of ganging and align-ment device to match chairs.

Cachet is recommendedfor indoor use only.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials on page 256 for specific availability or refer to the Surface Materials Reference Manual for further information.

Hard components(frame, flip-up arms, back,seat, and base)• Swivel and 4-leg chair

models available in black,midnight, and ash

• Stool available in blackonly

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Glides• Color-matched plastic

on leg-base chair• Color-matched soft plastic

on leg-base chair (option)

Casters• Hard, black plastic wheels

on swivel-base chair andstool

• Soft, black plastic wheels (option)

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Hard plastic glidesare standard on leg-basechairs.

Soft glides are availableas an option for use on non-carpeted surfaces. The softglide is reversible—soft onone side, hard on the other.

Leg-base chairs stack five high on the floor and 20high on the dolly. Uphol-stery does not impact stack-ing capacity.

Leg-base chairs areavailable with or withoutflip-up arms. Chairs with orwithout arms can bestacked.

Other Features

Foot ring height onstools adjusts by first liftingring and rotating it counter-clockwise to unlock. Thenraise or lower ring up to 4"to desired position beforerotating it clockwise to lock.The foot ring has a diameter of 20".

Transport and storagedolly is available to stack,move, and store up to 20 leg-base chairs. Uphol-stery does not impact stack-ing capacity. Swivel- basechairs will not stack.

Unloaded transportdolly measures 48"D x23"W x 383⁄4"H.

Fully loaded transportdolly measures 51"D x23"W x 783⁄4"H.

4"

Cachet 487 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 157

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface Materials Reference Manual for further detail about programs and services offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Pro-gram offers the opportunityfor customers to select fab-rics that are not offeredthrough the standard Steel-case surface materials pro-gram for use on Steelcaseproducts. Through the COMprogram, Steelcase will testyour materials for applica-tion on Steelcase products.Once approved, you canplace your order. Steelcasewill facilitate the entireordering process and giveyou a production schedule.Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regard-ing fabric test results for allCOM fabrics and detailsregarding yardage require-ments for most Seatinglines, visit the COM Website. To locate the COM Website:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The following Steel-case Textiles and Designtexfabrics are available pre-treated with soil retardant.(You do not need to selectthe soil-retardant option forthese fabrics and incur theupcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

Steelcase offers FireCode Seating modification(FCS) on nearly all seatingmodels. The most rigorousfire codes in the nationhave been developed inCalifornia, and the Steel-case FCS modification isdesigned to meet thosecodes. Fire Code Seating(FCS) indicates that a prod-uct is constructed to meetthe strict fire code require-ments of high public occu-pancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bul-letin 133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted the Califor-nia Home Furnishing Tech-nical Bulletin TB 133 teststandard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 158

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscCachet Product Brochure

(04-0011871)cAnatomy of a Design

(S11473)cSales and Dealer Guide

on in2.steelcase.comcSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 158: Seating Specification Guide

158 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsCachet 487 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth* dHeight dWidth dHeight dLumbard d d dDepth d dfrom d dfrom dHeightd d d d d dFloor d dSeat d

Cachet 487 SeriesLeg-Base Multi-Use Chairs

Fixed-Height 201⁄2" 23" 341⁄4" 193⁄8" 167⁄8" 163⁄8" 175⁄8" 181⁄2" 183⁄4" 8"

Swivel-Base Work Chairs

Pneumatic 25" 25" 321⁄8"– 193⁄8" 167⁄8" 163⁄8" 151⁄2"– 181⁄2" 183⁄4" 8"371⁄8" 201⁄2"

Stools

25" 25" 39"–46" 193⁄8" 167⁄8" 163⁄8" 23"–30" 181⁄2" 183⁄4" 8"

*Seat width dimension istaken close to the front edgeof the seat. The dimensioncloser to the actual sittingsurface is 19".

Overall width23"W

Arm

to

flo

or

27"H

Overall depth201/2"D: Overall depth167/8"D: Functional seat depth

Back width181/2"W

Width between arms181/2"W

Seat width* 163/8"W

Leg–Base Multi-Use Chair

Se

at

he

igh

t 17

5 /8"

H

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 34

1 /4"

H

Seat pan angle5°

Seat-to-back angle94° to 104°

Page 159: Seating Specification Guide

Overall width25"W

Arm

to

flo

or

25"H

to 3

0"H

: Sw

ivel

-bas

e w

ork

chai

r33

"H to

40"

H: S

tool

Overall depth25"D: Overall depth167/8"D: Functional seat depth

Back width181/2"W

Width between arms181/2"W

Seat width* 163/8"W

Se

at

he

igh

t 15

1 /2"

H to

201

/2"H

: S

wiv

el-b

ase

wor

k ch

air

23"H

to 3

0"H

: Sto

ol

Seat pan angle5°

Seat-to-back angle94° to 107°

Ove

rall

he

igh

t 32

1 /8"

H to

371

/8"H

: Sw

ivel

-bas

e w

ork

chai

r39

"H to

46"

H: S

tool

Swivel–Base Work Chair

Seating Specification Guide 159

Dimensions

DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d dSeat d dBack

Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs

181⁄2" 27" 103⁄4" 5° 94°–104°

Swivel-Base Work Chairs

181⁄2" 25"–30" 103⁄4" 5° 94°–107°

Stools

181⁄2" 33"–40" 103⁄4" 5° 94°–107°

*

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 160: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 158

160 Seating Specification Guide

Cachet 487 Series Swivel-Base Work Chairs

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Non-upholstered chairMaterials • Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 37 Add suffix F to the style number.

Upholstery on seat• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$ 77 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 89 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 48 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Upholstery on seat and back• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$155 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$179 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.use on hard floors: black plastic

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 156

• Balanced-action rocker (BAR) mechanism• Frame, seat, back, flip-up arms, and five-arm base:

plastic• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1• 23⁄8" diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel casters:

black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for frame, seat,

back, flip-up arms, and five-arm base3 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat and back, or seat, if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableon non-upholstered mod-els with 6205 black plasticcomponents. FCS is alsoavailable on upholsteredmodels with certain fabricchoices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 161: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 161

Specification Information

Without Upholstery With Upholstered Seat With UpholsteredSeat and Back

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

4871110 $612 4871210 $734 4871211 $793d d d d d d

Cachet 487 SeriesSwivel-Base Work Chairs

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 162: Seating Specification Guide

162 Seating Specification Guide

Cachet 487 Series Leg-Base Multi-Use ChairsWithout Arms or with Flip-Up Arms

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Non-upholstered chairMaterials • Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 37 Add suffix F to the style number.

Upholstery on seat• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$ 77 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 89 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 48 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Upholstery on seat and back• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$155 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$179 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Glides • Soft glides: color matched +$ 11 Specify with soft glides.to frame

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 156

• Balanced-action rocker (BAR) mechanism• Frame, seat, back, and four-leg base: plastic• Flip-up arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame,

seat, and four-leg base• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1• Hard glides: color-matched to frame

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for frame, seat,

back, four-leg base, and flip-up arms, if selected

3 Fabric color number for upholstery onseat and back, or seat, if selected

4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableon non-upholstered mod-els with 6205 black plasticcomponents. FCS is alsoavailable on upholsteredmodels with certain fabricchoices only.cPages 262–263

cDetailed dimensions,page 158

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 163: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 163

Cachet 487 SeriesLeg-Base

Multi-Use Chairs

Specification Information

Without Upholstery With Upholstered Seat With Upholstered Seat and Back

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

Without Arms4878100 $367 4878200 $489 4878201 $548d d d d d d

Without Upholstery With Upholstered Seat With UpholsteredSeat and Back

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

With Flip-Up Arms4878110 $465 4878210 $587 4878211 $646d d d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 164: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 158

164 Seating Specification Guide

Cachet 487 Series Swivel-Base Stools

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Non-upholstered chairMaterials • Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 37 Add suffix F to the style number.

Upholstery on seat• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$ 77 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 89 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 48 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Upholstery on seat and back• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$155 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$179 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters for +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.use on hard floors: black plastic

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 156

• Balanced-action rocker (BAR) mechanism• Frame, seat, back, flip-up arms, and five-arm base:

black plastic• 73⁄4" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1• 23⁄8" diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel casters:

black plastic

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat and back, or seat, if selected3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableon non-upholstered mod-els with 6205 black plasticcomponents. FCS is alsoavailable on upholsteredmodels with certain fabricchoices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 165: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 165

Specification Information

Without Upholstery With Upholstered Seat With UpholsteredSeat and Back

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d

4877110 $874 4877210 $996 4877211 $1055d d d d d d

Cachet 487 Series Swivel-Base Stools

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 166: Seating Specification Guide

166 Seating Specification Guide

Cushion Upholstery Packages

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Package of one seat and one back cushion• Cushion upholstery for seat and back: fabric

price group 1• Outer back: plastic to match chair

1 Style number2 Fabric color number3 Specify plastic color of back to match

chair4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$155 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$179 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 24 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

S Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Package of 1 Back Cushion and 1 Seat Cushion487STBK $274d d

Cushion Upholstery Package for Back and SeatFor Use on Leg-Base, Swivel, and Stool Models

Tip: To comply with FCSrequirements, both the chairand the cushion(s) must bespecified with the FCSoption.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 167: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cCushion Upholstery Packages, continued 167

Cushion Upholstery Packages

Cushion Upholstery Package for BackFor Use on Leg-Base, Swivel, and Stool Models

Standard Includes Required to Specify• One back cushion• Cushion upholstery for back: fabric price group 1• Outer back: plastic to match chair

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for cushion3 Specify plastic color of back to match

chair4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$10 Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 3 +$21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$77 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$89 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$13 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

S Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

487BK $153d d

Tip: To comply with FCSrequirements, both the chairand the cushion(s) must bespecified with the FCSoption.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 168: Seating Specification Guide

Cushion Upholstery Packages, continued

168 Seating Specification Guide

Standard Includes Required to Specify• One seat cushion• Cushion upholstery for seat: fabric price group 1

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for cushion3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$10 Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 3 +$21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material (COM) No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$77 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$89 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather (COL) No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$13 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

S Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

487ST $153d d

Cushion Upholstery Package for SeatFor Use on Leg-Base, Swivel, and Stool Models

Tip: To comply with FCSrequirements, both the chairand the cushion(s) must bespecified with the FCSoption.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 169: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 169

Cachet 487 Series Accessories

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 157

• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S. dNumber dPriced d

487D $488d d

Tip: Transport and storagedolly is for leg-base chairsonly.

Transport and Storage Dolly

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 157

• Carton of 5 devices: color matched to frame 1 Style number2 Plastic color number to match chaircSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S. dNumber dPrice d d

487G $ 50d d

Tip: Ganging and alignmentdevices are for leg-basechairs only.

Ganging and Alignment Devices

Cachet 487 Series Accessories

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ca

ch

et 4

87

Se

ries

Page 170: Seating Specification Guide

170 Seating Specification Guide

Page 171: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand Specifyingcobi 434 Series Collaborative Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 171

Product Details

Ccobi 434 Series 172

Dimensions 174

Specifying

Collaborative Chairs 176

Stools 178

Collaborative chairs

Collaborative seatingpromotes comfort for longperiods of time and pro-motes movement, offersautomatic and intuitiveadjustments, and supportsmultiple postures.

• cobi 434 Series • i2i 416 Series• node 480 Series

Adjustability Featurescobi434 Series

Mechanisms

Weight-activated •Seat Adjustments

Pneumatic height •Back Adjustments

Self adjusting •

cSee page 12 for a comparison to other chairs

co

bi 4

34

Se

ries

Page 172: Seating Specification Guide

172 Seating Specification Guide

cobi 434 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chairs and stools areavailable with or withoutarms.

Weight-activatedmechanism provides indi-vidual support without a ten-sion control by intuitivelysensing and supporting theusers center of gravity.

cobi ships standardassembled and uncartoned.A cartoned version is avail-able which ships unassem-bled with the chair seat,back, and cylinder separatedfrom the base and mecha-nism. This allows for ship-ment in a smaller carton.Assembly by a qualifieddealer installer is required.Assembly instructions areincluded.

cobi is collaborative seatingfor teams that helps peoplemove freely, change postures,and stay energized and comfortable.

Flexing fingers in backoffer support while movingand conforming to the user.

Arms are constructed of a soft durable rubbercompound.

Seat height adjusts with a 5" range from 151⁄2"H to201⁄2"H with a pneumaticadjustment mechanism.

Hard, dual-wheelcasters are provided foruse on carpets. Soft, roll-control, dual-wheel castersare available for use on hardfloors or chair mats.

Five-arm base isstandard.

Flexible seat edge onall 3-sides supports mul-tiple postures while reliev-ing thigh pressure.

Flexible top edge allowsfor multiple postures whilemaintaining support andcomfort.

Weight-activatedmechanism provides sup-port by automaticallyresponding to the usersmovements.

Page 173: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 173

cobi 434 Series

Adjustment Features

Seat Adjustments

Seat height adjustspneumatically. To lower, pulllever up while seated. Toraise, pull lever up and keepyour weight off the chair.

Foot ring height onstools adjusts by first liftingring and rotating it counter-clockwise to unlock. Thenraise or lower ring up to 4" todesired position before rotat-ing it clockwise to lock. Thefoot ring has a diameter of20".

Flexing fingers in backpromote movement andprovide support for a widerange of postures.

Soft roll-control casteroption features an internalbrake that activates whenthe chair is not under load toreduce shifting when userstands up.

4"

5"

Flexing seat edge onall 3-sides supports multi-ple postures while relievingthigh pressure.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Back Upholstery• Connect 3D (back only)

Seat Upholstery• Cogent: Connect (seat

only)• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Vinyl• COM• COL• COV

All seat upholstery exceptstandard Cogent: Connectrequires a sewn application.Specify with an S suffix.

Outer Back• 6009 Arctic White• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum• 6295 Near Black

Arm Caps, Top Edge,and Casters• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Tip: Frame and base willdefault to match outer backcolor.

Tip: Arm caps, top edge, andcasters will coordinate tomatch outer back color.

Glides• Plastic

Foot ring on stools• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum

Tip: Foot ring on stool willcoordinate to match outerback color.

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 174

ResourcesPrinted Materialsccobi Brochure

(09-0000049)

co

bi 4

34

Se

ries

Page 174: Seating Specification Guide

174 Seating Specification Guide

Dimensionscobi 434 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

cobi 434 SeriesCollaborative Chairs

231⁄4" 243⁄4" 34"–39" 191⁄2" 177⁄8" 183⁄4" 151⁄2"–201⁄2" 18" 191⁄2"

Stools

231⁄4" 243⁄4" 40"–50" 191⁄2" 177⁄8" 183⁄4" 21"–31" 18" 191⁄2"

Overall width

231/4"D

Back width

Seat width

97 to 112

Width between arms

243/4"W

187/8"W

18"W

183/4"W

Back lumbar height 93/8"H

Seat pan angle .5

15

1 /2"

H to

201

/2"H

C

olla

bora

tive

chai

r21

"H to

31"

H S

tool

Sea

t h

eig

ht

Seat-to-back angle

Overall depth

34

"H to

39"

H

Ove

rall

hei

gh

t

Col

labo

rativ

e ch

air

40"H

to

5

0"H

Sto

ol

241 /

2"H

to

2

9"H

Col

labo

rativ

e ch

air

301 /

4"H

to

401

/4"H

Sto

ol

Arm

to

flo

or

Page 175: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 175

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendHeight dArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d d dSeat d dBack

Collaborative Chairs

93⁄8" 187⁄8" 241⁄4"–29" 87⁄8" .5° 97°–112°

Stools

93⁄8" 187⁄8" 301⁄4"–401⁄4" 87⁄8" .5° 97°–112°

co

bi 4

34

Se

ries

Page 176: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 174

176 Seating Specification Guide

cobi 434 Series Collaborative Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 172

• Weight-activated mechanism• 5" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Fixed arms, if selected: plastic to match outer back• Back upholstery: Connect 3D• Seat upholstery: Cogent: Connect • Frame, outer back, and five-arm base: Black• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for outer back3 Connect 3D color number for back4 Cogent: Connect color number for

upholstery on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS)option is available with certainupholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number..• Customer’s Own Material +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COM) specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather +$115 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Sewn Upholstery +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Outer back• White +$ 75 Specify with 6009 White.• Platinum +$ 75 Specify with 6249 Platinum.• Near black +$ 75 Specify with 6295 Near Black.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel roll control +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.casters

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 11 Specify with glides.

Tip: Arm caps, top edge, andcasters default to coordinateand match outer back color.

Tip: All seat upholstery exceptstandard Cogent: Connectrequires a sewn application.Specify with an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to cobiseating.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 177: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 177

Specification Information

Arms with Soft Arm Caps Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

434111 $635 434110 $585d d d d

cobi 434 Series

Collaborative Chairs

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

co

bi 4

34

Se

ries

Page 178: Seating Specification Guide

178 Seating Specification Guide

cobi 434 Series Swivel-Base Stools

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 172

• Weight-activated mechanism• 10" pneumatic seat-height adjustment• Fixed arms, if selected: plastic to match outer back• Adjustable foot ring: black• Back upholstery: Connect 3D• Seat upholstery: Cogent: Connect • Frame, outer back, and five-arm base: black• 21⁄2"-diameter, hard composition, dual-wheel

casters: black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for outer back3 Connect 3D color number for back4 Cogent: Connect color number for

upholstery on seat5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 No cost Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COM) specify fabric color number.• Steelcase leather +$115 Add suffix S to the style number and

upholstery specify leather color number.• Sewn Upholstery +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Steelcase vinyl +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 31 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Outer back• White +$115 Specify with 6009 White.• Platinum +$115 Specify with 6249 Platinum.• Near black +$115 Specify with 6295 Near Black.

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel roll control +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.casters

Glides • Glides: plastic +$ 11 Specify with glides.

Tip: All seat upholstery exceptstandard Cogent: Connectrequires a sewn application.Specify with an S suffix.

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order when spec-ifying options to cobi seating.

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS)option is available with certainupholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Arm caps, top edge,casters, and stool ringdefault to coordinate andmatch outer back color.

cDetailed dimensions,page 174

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 179: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 179

Specification Information

Arms with Soft Arm Caps Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

434711 $885 434710 $835d d d d

cobi 434 Series

Swivel-Base Stools

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

co

bi 4

34

Se

ries

Page 180: Seating Specification Guide

180 Seating Specification Guide

Page 181: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand Specifyingi2i 416 Series Collaborative Chairs andCollaborative Lounge Table

Seating Specification Guide 181

Product Details

Ii2i 416 Series 182

Dimensions 184

Specifying

Collaborative Chairs 186

Collaborative Lounge Table 187

Collaborative Chairs

Collaborative seatingpromotes comfort for longperiods of time and pro-motes movement, offersautomatic and intuitiveadjustments, and supportsmultiple postures.

• cobi 434 Series • i2i 416 Series• node 480 Series

Adjustability Featuresi2i416 Series

Mechanisms

Dual-swivel •Back Adjustments

Self adjusting •

cSee page 12 for a comparison to other chairs

i2i 4

16

Se

ries

Page 182: Seating Specification Guide

182 Seating Specification Guide

i2i 416 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chairs are available with orwithout tablet arm.

Flexing fingers in theback promote movementand provide support in avariety of postures.

Dual-swivel mechanismallows the back and seat toswivel independently as wellas together.

Tablet arm attaches on theright side of the chair with adual pivot function providing a range of motion that allowsthe tablet area to accommo-date both left and righthanded users. It provides aworksurface 121⁄4"D x 18"W.

i2i is collaborative seatingthat helps people move freely,change postures, and stayenergized and comfortable.

Flexing fingers form theback and offer support whilemoving and conforming toyour body.

Glides are standard withthe static base.

Four-arm base is standardin polished aluminum.

Dual-swivel mecha-nism allows the back andseat to swivel independentlyas well as together.

Upholstery specified isapplied to seat and arms.

Page 183: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 183

i2i 416 Series

Adjustment Features

Swivel-return cylinderoption has a built in memoryand will return to the fixedposition when the userleaves the chair.

Mobile base includes tworollers on the front arms ofthe base that allow the chairto be moved easily.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Back Upholstery• 3D Knit (back only)

Seat and ArmUpholstery• Cogent: Connect (seat and

arm only)• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl• COM• COL• COV

Cogent: Connect maximizesquality and comfort on i2i.The selected upholstery willbe applied to the seat andarms. It is standard with asewn application.

Frame • 6249 Platinum• 6295 Near Black

Tablet Arm • Laminate• Veneer

The laminate surface isavailable with a black edgeonly. The veneer surfacehas a self edge.

Glides• Black plastic

Rollers• Optional rollers on mobile

base are available in dark fusion only.

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 184

ResourcesPrinted Materialsc i2i Brochure (08-0001013)

i2i 4

16

Se

ries

Page 184: Seating Specification Guide

184 Seating Specification Guide

Dimensionsi2i 416 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dHeight dLumbard d d dDepth d dfrom dfrom dHeightd d d d d dFloor dSeat d

i2i 416 SeriesCollaborative Chairs

25" 321⁄2" 311⁄8" 171⁄2" 171⁄4" 19" 171⁄2" 171⁄4" 91⁄4"

Seat pan angle

Ove

rall

hei

gh

t

Sea

t h

eig

ht

Overall depth25"D

–6.3

Seat to back angle99.4

31

1 /8"

H

17

1 /2"

H

Overall width

Seat width

321/2"W

19"W

29

1 /4"

HA

rm t

o f

loo

r

Width between arms 231/8"W

Back lumbar height91/4"H

Dimensions were mea-sured with BIFMA CMD(chair-measuring device).

Page 185: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 185

Dimensions

DWidth DArm DSeat DAngledBetween dto dPan dBetweendArms dFloor dAngle dSeat andd d d dBack

Collaborative Chairs

231⁄8" 291⁄4" –6.3° 99.4°

i2i 4

16

Se

ries

Page 186: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 184

186 Seating Specification Guide

i2i 416 Series Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 182

• Back: near black • Static base with dual-swivel mechanism:

polished aluminum• Back upholstery: 3D Knit• Seat and arms: sewn upholstery • Tablet arm, if selected: laminate • Glides: black plastic

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for frame3 3D Knit color number for back4 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat and arms5 Laminate color number for tablet arm, if

selected6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 35 See Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM-sewn) to specify.• Steelcase leather +$299 Specify leather color number.

upholstery• Elmosoft leather +$345 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Steelcase vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$ 35 See Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COL) to specify.• Customer’s Own Vinyl (COV) +$ 35 See Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• On back shell +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Base • Mobile base +$ 50 Specify with mobile base.

Cylinder • Swivel with return +$ 50 Specify with swivel return.

Tablet Arm • Wood veneer +$200 Specify with wood veneer.

Specification Information

With tablet arm

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

416911 $1800 416911T $2000d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Tip: Cogent: Connect maxi-mizes quality and comforton the seat and arms on i2i.

Tip: Fire code seating (FCS)option is available with cer-tain upholstery fabricchoices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to i2iseating.

Page 187: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 187

Collaborative Lounge TableCollaborative Lounge Table

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

See c:scape &media:scape Specification Guidefor details.

• Table: High-Pressure Laminate surface with 3 mm plasticedge profile

• Base: Polished Aluminum

1 Style number2 Laminate color number for table3 Plastic color number for edge on

laminate surface4 Options, if selected (see below) cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase d d dPricedDiameter Height d d

32" 16" CQCT1632 $1100d d d

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface High-Pressure Laminate surfaceMaterials • Open Line laminate +$ 62 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

plus cost of laminateWood veneer surface

• Wood veneer surface with +$320 Specify with wood veneer and indicate matching 3 mm edge profile wood color number.

• Premium wood 2 +$380 Specify with wood veneer and indicatePremium wood 2 color number.

• Premium wood 3 +$440 Specify with wood veneer and indicatePremium wood 3 color number.

• Customiz stain +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

• Full-fill finish +$ 24 Specify full-fill finish number.

Product on this page is c:scape, not seating. It is included here to simplify your planning.Remember that systemshas different pricingterms than seating products.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

i2i 4

16

Se

ries

Page 188: Seating Specification Guide

188 Seating Specification Guide

Page 189: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand Specifyingnode 480 Series Collaborative Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 189

Product Details

Nnode 480 Series 190

Dimensions 192

Specifying

Collaborative Chairs 194

Collaborative Chairs

Collaborative seatingpromotes comfort for longperiods of time and pro-motes movement, offersautomatic and intuitiveadjustments, and supportsmultiple postures.

• cobi 434 Series • i2i 416 Series• node 480 Series

Adjustability Featuresnode480 Series

Mechanisms

360°-swivel •

cSee page 12 for a comparison to other chairs

no

de

48

0 S

erie

s

Page 190: Seating Specification Guide

190 Seating Specification Guide

node 480 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chairs are available with or without personal worksurface.

Flexing seat shell andarms promotes movementand supports multiple pos-tures. Integrated arms sup-port user’s arms, sideposture, and act as a back-pack hook.

Tripod base reclaims thespace under the seat. Thespace is 1.7 cu/ft. and allowsfor backpacks or personalbelongings to be stored, andserves as a footrest.

node is collaborative seatingfor classrooms and otherlearning environments thatsupports multiple learningmodes, freedom to changepostures, and storage and useof student belongings.

Flexible and contouredseat shell supports comfortby allowing many postures.

Backpack storage areais standard.

360°-swivel mechanismis standard.

Arms are designed to sup-port arms, side-sitting pos-tures, and serve as abackpack hook.One piece polypropy-

lene contoured shell is designed for easy maintenance.

Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft dual-wheelcasters are available for useon hard floors.

Personal worksurfaceis depth adjustable for largeand small users and allowsfor ingress/egress.

Personal worksurfacemoves independently of seatshell and base.

Personal worksurfaceis mounted on the right butappropriate for both right-and left-hand users.

Page 191: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 191

node 480 Series

Personal worksurfaceis mounted on user’s right,and designed to accommo-date left- and right-handedusers. It is 12"D x 221/4"Wand features a safety stop tohelp prevent belongings andlaptops from easily slidingoff back edge.

node ships standardunassembled and cartonedwith the seat shell separatedfrom the tripod base. Thisallows for shipment in asmaller carton. Assembly by a qualified Steelcasedealer installer is required.Assembly instructions areavailable atwww.steelcase.com. Notools required for assembly.

Adjustment Features

360° fixed heightswivel mechanismallows students to remainoriented to instructor, presentation materials, and other students.

Personal worksurfacedepth adjustmentrange is 71/4" to 15".Measurement is from lumbarto worksurface.

Personal worksurfacepivot range is 60°.

Personal worksurfacecenter pivot is 110°. Thecenter pivot range is measured from the closest position to the furthest position from the user.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Seat Shell• 6009 Arctic White• 6059 Sterling Dark Solid• 6205 Black• 6249 Platinum Solid• 6259 Midnight• 6332 Citron• 6333 Picasso• 6334 Flash• 6335 Wasabi• 6336 Jazz• 6337 Element• 6338 Chili

Tripod Base• 6249 Platinum Solid• 6295 Near Black• 6337 Element

Personal Worksurface• 6053 Seagull• 6249 Platinum Solid• 6295 Near Black• 6337 Element• 6654 Sand

Paint for Metal• 0835 Black• 4750 Champagne Metallic• 4799 Platinum

Casters• Black

Glides• Black plastic

DimensionscPage 192

The backpack storagearea and overall chairwidth require 233/4" of con-tinuous floor space whenused with tables. The mini-mum distance between tablebases is 49" to allow twochairs to be pushed underthe worksurface.

49" required

ResourcesPrinted Materialscnode Brochure (10-0002733)

no

de

48

0 S

erie

s

Page 192: Seating Specification Guide

192 Seating Specification Guide

Dimensionsnode 480 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DSeat DSeat DWidth DArmd dDepth Width Height dDepth dWidth dHeight dBetween dtod d d d dfrom dArms dFloord d d d dFloor d d

node 480 SeriesCollaborative Chair

25" 233⁄4" 35" 161⁄2" 191⁄2" 181⁄4" 201⁄8" 263⁄4"

Collaborative Chair with Personal Worksurface

25" to 311⁄2" 271⁄4" to 323⁄4" 35" 161⁄2" 191⁄2" 181⁄4" 201⁄8" 263⁄4"

Overall depth25"D

94.6Seat to back angle

Sea

t h

eig

ht

18

1 /4"

H

Ove

rall

hei

gh

t

35

"H

Seat width

26

3 /4"

HA

rm t

o f

loo

r

Overall width233/4"W

Overall depth withpersonal worksurface25"D - 311/2"D

Overall width withpersonal worksurface271/4"W - 323/4"W

Width between arms 201/8"W

191/2"W

Page 193: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 193

Dimensions

DAngle DWorksurface DWorksurface DWorksurfacedBetween dHeight from dSize dDepthdSeat and dFloor d dAdjustmentdBack d d d

Collaborative Chair

94.6° N.A. N.A. N.A.

Collaborative Chair with Personal Worksurface

94.6° 281⁄2" 221⁄4"W x 12"D 71⁄4" to 15"

no

de

48

0 S

erie

s

Page 194: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 192

194 Seating Specification Guide

node 480 Series Work Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 190

• Seat shell: plastic • Tripod base: plastic• Storage tray: Sterling Dark Solid• Metal components: 0835 Black paint • Swivel seat • Worksurface, if selected: plastic• Hard casters

1 Style number2 Plastic color number for seat shell3 Plastic color number for tripod base4 Plastic color number for personal

worksurface, if selected5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Platinum or Champagne Metallic metal componentsMaterials • On 480110 +$10 Specify with 6249 Platinum or

4750 Champagne Metallic.• On 480120 +$20 Specify with 6249 Platinum or

4750 Champagne Metallic.

Casters • Soft casters +$25 Specify with soft casters.

Glides • Glides: plastic +$20 Specify with glides.

Specification Information

With personal worksurface

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

480110 $399 480120 $599d d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 195: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingAlly 463 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Product Details

Ally 463 Series 196

Dimensions 198

Specifying

Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs 200

Multi-Use Chairs

Multi-use chairs aresuitable for use as occasionalseating within team spaces,workstations, offices, or wher-ever extra seating is required.

• Ally 463 Series• Player 475 Series• Move 490 Series• Snodgrass 474 Series

Seating Specification Guide 195

Ally 4

63

Se

ries

Page 196: Seating Specification Guide

Ally 463 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chair

196 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product DetailsChairs with arms stack three high. Chairs withoutarms stack four high.

Plastic glides with stainless steel inserts arerecommended for carpeted surfaces only.

Soft glides are available for non-carpeted surfaces.

...............................................................................................................................................

Ally is a multi-use chair witha flexing frame and pivotingback. The chair stacks andoffers exceptional comfort for use in side/guest andteam applications.

Plastic glides with astainless steel insert arestandard.

Steel frame flexes to give added comfort and isavailable in monochromaticcolors.

Arms slope downward and will easily clear thefront edge of a worksurfaceor table. The arms are urethane covered.

Back pivots for addedcomfort. Outer back isavailable in plastic orfully upholstered.

Page 197: Seating Specification Guide

Steelcase offers FireCode Seating modification(FCS) on nearly all seatingmodels. The most rigorousfire codes in the nationhave been developed inCalifornia, and the Steel-case FCS modification isdesigned to meet thosecodes. Fire Code Seating(FCS) indicates that a prod-uct is constructed to meetthe strict fire code require-ments of high public occu-pancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bul-letin 133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted the Califor-nia Home Furnishing Tech-nical Bulletin TB 133 teststandard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for fur-ther detail about programsand services offered forseating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The following Steel-case Textiles and Designtexfabrics are available pre-treated with soil retardant.(You do not need to selectthe soil-retardant option forthese fabrics and incur theupcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Frame• 6205 Black• 6296 SterlingOuter back, arms, andglides will be Black if youselect a Black or Sterlingframe.

Glides• Stainless steel

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Ally 463 SeriesSled-Base

Multi-Use Chair

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 197

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to selectthe soil retardant option forthese fabrics and will notincur the $20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-Retardant Treat-ment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select“Soil-Retardant Treatment”under “Optional Acces-sories.” Minimums or addi-tional yardage may berequired. Please contact thevendor directly for specificinformation.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Dimensions

cPage 198

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscAlly Brochure (S11024)cStackable Seating

Brochure (02-0002354)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Ally 4

63

Se

ries

Page 198: Seating Specification Guide

198 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsAlly 463 Series

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DWidthdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dBetweend d dDepth d dfrom dArmsd d d d dFloor d

Ally 463 SeriesChair with Arms

241⁄2" 233⁄4" 333⁄4" 20" 171⁄4" 181⁄8" 173⁄4" 201⁄2"

Chair without Arms

241⁄2" 211⁄8" 333⁄4" 20" 171⁄4" 181⁄8" 173⁄4" 201⁄2"

Page 199: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 199

Dimensions

DBack DArm DArm DSeat DBack DBack DAngledHeight dHeight dHeight dPan dWidth dLumbar dBetweendfrom dfrom dfrom dAngle d dHeight dSeat anddSeat dSeat dFloor d d d dBack

Chair with Arms

171⁄2" 91⁄2" 265⁄8" 3° 181⁄2" 9" to 91⁄4" 96°

Chair without Arms

171⁄2" 91⁄2" 265⁄8" 3° 181⁄2" 9" to 91⁄4" 96°

Ally 4

63

Se

ries

Page 200: Seating Specification Guide

200 Seating Specification Guide

Ally 463 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs S

Tip: Always add suffixes inalphabetical order whenspecifying options to Allyseating.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$355 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$410 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$118 Add suffix S to the style number and

(COL) specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

to specify.• Steelcase vinyl +$118 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify vinyl color number.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Fully upholstered• Fabric fully upholstered +$ 48 Add suffix U to the style number.

outer back• Steelcase leather fully +$472 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather fully +$545 Add suffix SU to the style number and

upholstered outer back specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather +$178 Add suffix SU to the style number.

(COL) fully upholstered cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualouter back to specify.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 10 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Specification Information

With Arms Without Arms

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBase dNumber dBase d dPrice d dPriced d d d

463482 S $527 463480 S $449d d d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 196

• Flexing frame: monochromatic color• Pivoting back• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Arms and glides: 6205 Black arms and glides for

6205 Black and 6296 Sterling frames.

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color for frame3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

cDetailed dimensions,page 198

Tip: Vinyl is available in anon-sewn version. Specifywithout the S suffix.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.S = Transitional product

Page 201: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 201

Understandingand SpecifyingPlayer 475 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Product Details

Player 475 Series 202

Dimensions 204

Specifying

Leg-Base Multi-Use Chairs 206

Sled-Base Multi-Use Chairs 209

Leg-Base Stools 211

Accessories 212

Multi-Use Chairs

Multi-use chairs aresuitable for use as occa-sional seating within teamspaces, workstations,offices, or wherever extraseating is required.

• Ally 463 Series• Player 475 Series• Move 490 Series• Snodgrass 474 Series

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 202: Seating Specification Guide

Thick-seat option, avail-able on all Player chairs andstools, increases the thick-ness of the seat cushion byapproximately 1⁄2". Stack-ability is not affected.

Tablet arm is availableright hand and left hand andis shipped knocked down(K.D.). Tablet arm tilts foreasy entrance and exit fromchair. Tablet arm measures251⁄2" x 131⁄2". Tablet arm isnot available to order sepa-rately for installation on exist-ing chairs.

Plastic glides, with stainless steel inserts onleg-base Player chairs, arerecommended for carpeted surfaces only.

Soft glides are available on Player chairs for non-car-peted surfaces.

Alignment device isavailable to temporarily linkchairs together for evenlyspaced rows. Chairs can beunlinked easily. Spacingbetween chairs linked withalignment device is 57⁄8".

202 Seating Specification Guide

Player 475 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chair models are avail-able with a leg-base or asled-base. Stools are avail-able with a leg-base. The legbase arms are available withcasters. Chairs and stoolsare available with severalfeatures such as arms,tablet arms, high back, andthick seat.

Stackability for leg-basemodels is six high on thefloor and eight high on thetransport and storage dolly.Leg-base models with cast-ers are not recommended tostack as damage to armsmay occur. Sled-base mod-els, stools, and chairs withtablet arms will not stack.

High-back option, avail-able on all Player chairs and stools, adds 21⁄2" toback height. Top edge isslightly rounded. Stackabilityis not affected.

Player chairs are guestchairs that also stack. Strengthfeatures in the back, arms,and back legs make Player alogical choice for high-trafficareas, and its simple, classicdesign complements a broadrange of work settings.

Plastic glides with astainless steel insert arestandard.

Steel frame ismonochromatic.

Arms slope downward and will easily clear the front edge of a worksurfaceor table. Arms are availablein smooth or textured finish.

Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available for useon hard floor or chair mats.Casters available in blackonly.

Back and seat, includingouter back, are fully uphol-stered. High-back and thick-seat options are available.

...............................................................................................................................................

Page 203: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 203

Player 475 Series

Ganging device is avail-able to link chairs on a more permanent basis. Itattaches to the chair’s sideframe. Spacing betweenchairs linked with theganging device is approxi-mately 9".

Transport and storagedolly is available to stack,move, and store up to eightchairs with or without arms.Without the dolly, chairs willstack up to six high. Sled-base models, stools, andchairs with tablet arms willnot stack.

Fully loaded trans-port dolly measures323⁄4"D x 251⁄2"W x 553⁄4"H.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil-retardant

treatment (option)• Vinyl

Hard components(arms, frames, andsled base)• Monochromatic color from

list of seating plastic colornumbers can be applied toall hard components.

Arms• Smooth plastic• Textured plastic

Tablet arms• Laminate

Casters• Black only

Glides• Plastic with stainless steel

inserts

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 204

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscPlayer Brochure (S11349)cStackable Seating

Brochure (02-0002354)cSeating Overview

(07-0000836)

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 204: Seating Specification Guide

204 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsPlayer 475 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

Player 475 SeriesLeg-Base Chair with Arms

211⁄4" 251⁄2" 301⁄4" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 181⁄4" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Leg-Base Chair without Arms

211⁄4" 20" 301⁄4" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 181⁄4" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Sled-Base Chair with Arms

211⁄4" 251⁄2" 301⁄4" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 18" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Sled-Base Chair without Arms

211⁄4" 20" 301⁄4" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 18" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Leg-Base Stool with Arms

211⁄4" 251⁄2" 42" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 291⁄2" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Leg-Base Stool without Arms

211⁄4" 20" 42" 193⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 291⁄2" 181⁄2" 133⁄4"

Page 205: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 205

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendHeight dArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d d dSeat d dBack

Leg-Base Chair with Arms

71⁄4" 201⁄2" 251⁄4" 83⁄8" 4° 95°

Leg-Base Chair without Arms

71⁄4" N.A. N.A. N.A. 4° 95°

Sled-Base Chair with Arms

71⁄4" 201⁄2" 251⁄4" 83⁄8" 4° 95°

Sled-Base Chair without Arms

71⁄4" N.A. N.A. N.A. 4° 95°

Leg-Base Stool with Arms

71⁄4" 201⁄2" 361⁄2" 83⁄8" 4° 95°

Leg-Base Stool without Arms

71⁄4" N.A. N.A. N.A. 4° 95°

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 206: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 204

Player 475 Series Leg-Base Multi-Use ChairsWith Open Arms or without Arms

206 Seating Specification Guide

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Back and • High back +$ 32 Specify with high back.Seat • Thick seat +$ 32 Specify with thick seat.

• High back and thick seat +$ 64 Specify with high back and thick seat.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Tip: Color choices are limited for chairs with textured plastic arms.cPage 264

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 202

• Frame: monochromatic color• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides, if selected: plastic with stainless steel inserts• Hard composition, dual-wheel casters, if selected; black

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color number from

seating plastic colors for frame 3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 207: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 207

Player 475 SeriesLeg-Base Multi-Use Chairs

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Smooth Plastic ArmsWith Glides

475412M $335

With Casters

475412MC $379d d

Textured Plastic ArmsWith Glides

475415M S $335

With Casters

475415MC S $379

d d

Without Arms With Glides

475410M $307d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.S = Transitional product

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 208: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 204

208 Seating Specification Guide

Player 475 Series Leg-Base Multi-Use ChairsWith Tablet Arm

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Back and • High back +$ 32 Specify with high back.Seat • Thick seat +$ 32 Specify with thick seat.

• High back and thick seat +$ 64 Specify with high back and thick seat.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Right-Hand Tablet Arm 475410MTR $479d d

Left-Hand Tablet Arm 475410MTL $479d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 202

• Frame: monochromatic color• Tablet arm: laminate• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color number from

seating plastic colors for frame3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Laminate color number for tablet arm5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 209: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 209

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

cDetailed dimensions,page 204

Player 475 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use ChairsWith Open Arms or without Arms

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Back and • High back +$ 32 Specify with high back.Seat • Thick seat +$ 32 Specify with thick seat.

• High back and thick seat +$ 64 Specify with high back and thick seat.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Smooth Plastic Arms475482M $433d d

Textured Plastic Arms475485M S $433d d

Without Arms 475480M $405d d

Tip: Color choices are limited for chairs with textured plastic arms.cPage 264

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 202

• Frame: monochromatic color• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color number from

seating plastic colors for frame 3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

Tip: Platinum is not availableon smooth plastic armmodel.

Player 475 SeriesSled-Base Multi-Use Chairs

S = Transitional product

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 210: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 204

210 Seating Specification Guide

Player 475 Series Sled-Base Multi-Use ChairsWith Tablet Arm

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Back and • High back +$ 32 Specify with high back.Seat • Thick seat +$ 32 Specify with thick seat.

• High back and thick seat +$ 64 Specify with high back and thick seat.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Right-Hand Tablet Arm 475480MTR $577d d

Left-Hand Tablet Arm 475480MTL $577d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 202

• Frame: monochromatic color• Tablet arm: laminate• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides: stainless steel

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color number from

seating plastic colors for frame3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Laminate color number for tablet arm5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 211: Seating Specification Guide

Player 475 Series Leg-Base Stools

Seating Specification Guide 211

Player 475 SeriesLeg-Base Stools

cDetailed dimensions,page 204

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Platinum• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 6249 Platinum.

Back and • High back +$ 32 Specify with high back.Seat • Thick seat +$ 32 Specify with thick seat.

• High back and thick seat +$ 64 Specify with high back and thick seat.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Smooth Plastic Arms475712M $578d d

Textured Plastic Arms475715M S $578d d

Without Arms 475710M $550d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 202

• Frame: monochromatic color• Arms, if selected: plastic color to match frame color• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides: plastic with stainless steel inserts

1 Style number2 Monochromatic color number from

seating plastic colors for frame 3 Fabric color number for upholstery4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availablewith certain upholsteryfabric choices only.cPages 262–263

S = Transitional product

Tip: Color choices are limited for chairs with textured plastic arms.cPage 264

Pla

yer 4

75

Se

ries

Page 212: Seating Specification Guide

212 Seating Specification Guide

Alignment Device

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Alignment device: black paint only• Package of 5 pairs

Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

475A $65d d

Tip: One pair is required toalign two chairs.

Ganging Device

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Ganging device: black paint only• Package of 2

Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

475G $81d d

Tip: Use one ganging devicefor every two chairs.

Player 475 Series Accessories

Transport and Storage Dolly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

475D $269d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 213: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 213

Understandingand SpecifyingMove 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Product Details

Move 490 Series 214

Dimensions 216

Specifying

Value Package Multi-Use Chairs and Stools 218

Multi-Use Chairs 220

Multi-Use Stools 224

Accessories 227

Multi-Use Chairs

Multi-use chairs aresuitable for use as occa-sional seating within teamspaces, workstations,offices, or wherever extraseating is required.

• Ally 463 Series• Player 475 Series• Move 490 Series• Snodgrass 474 Series

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 214: Seating Specification Guide

214 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Chairs and stools have aleg-base and are availablewith glides or casters, andwith or without arms.

Stackability for legbase chair models isfive high on the floor. Stoolsdo not stack.

Plastic glides with stainless steel insertsare recommended for car-peted surfaces.

Soft glides for use onnon-carpeted surfacesare available as an option.

Transport and storagedolly is available to stack,move, and store up to 10chairs.

Unloaded transportdolly measures 581⁄2"D x251⁄2"W x 371⁄2"H.

Fully loaded transportdolly measures 581⁄2"D x251⁄2"W x 581⁄2"H.

Move chairs are guestchairs that also stack. Livedynamic seat, open cantileverarm design, light weight, andstrength make Move a logicalchoice for multipurpose areas.Move’s simple design complements a broad range of work settings.

Seat and back are avail-able in plastic or with an upholstered cushion.

Arms are cantilevered and will easily clear the front edge of a worksurfaceor table. The open cantileverdesign of the arms allowsalternative postures and sitting positions.

Steel frame is monochromatic.

Casters have hard, dualwheels that roll smoothly oncarpets. Soft, dual-wheelcasters are available for use on hard floor or chairmats. Casters are available in black only.

Plastic glides have astainless steel insert.

Upholstered back isavailable on selected styles.

Move 490 Series

Page 215: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 215

Move 490 Series

Ganging and alignmentdevice is available to linkleg-base chairs together inthe field for evenly spacedrows. Chairs can be sepa-rated easily. Spacingbetween chairs linked withalignment device is 4" forchairs with no arms and 7"for chairs with arms.

Wall saver bumper isavailable to protect the backof the chair from bumpinginto and marring a wall.

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Frame• 0835 Black paint• 4799 Platinum paint• 7239 Midnight

Seat• Plastic• Upholstery

Back shell and arms• Plastic

Casters• Black only

Glides• Plastic with stainless

steel inserts

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

DimensionscPage 216

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscMove Brochure

(06-0001424)

cSeating Overview (07-0000836)

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 216: Seating Specification Guide

216 Seating Specification Guide

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d dFloor d dSeat

Move 490 SeriesChair with Arms

201⁄4" 253⁄4" 311⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 19" 181⁄2" 19" 151⁄4"

Plastic Chair with Arms

201⁄4" 253⁄4" 311⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 181⁄4" 18" 19" 151⁄2"

Chair without Arms

201⁄4" 21" 311⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 19" 181⁄2" 19" 151⁄4"

Plastic Chair without Arms

201⁄4" 21" 311⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 181⁄4" 18" 19" 151⁄2"

Stool with Arms

201⁄4" 253⁄4" 421⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 19" 291⁄2" 19" 151⁄4"

Plastic Stool with Arms

201⁄4" 253⁄4" 421⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 181⁄4" 29" 19" 151⁄2"

Stool without Arms

201⁄4" 21" 421⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 19" 291⁄2" 19" 151⁄4"

Plastic Stool without Arms

201⁄4" 21" 421⁄2" 181⁄2" 167⁄8" 181⁄4" 29" 19" 151⁄2"

DimensionsMove 490 Series

Page 217: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 217

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendHeight dArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d d dSeat d dBack

Chair with Arms

10" 201⁄2" 253⁄4" 83⁄8" 5° 95°

Plastic Chair with Arms

10" 201⁄2" 253⁄4" 83⁄4" 4° 96°

Chair without Arms

10" N.A. N.A. N.A. 5° 95°

Plastic Chair without Arms

10" N.A. N.A. N.A. 4° 96°

Stool with Arms

10" 201⁄2" 363⁄4" 83⁄8" 5° 95°

Plastic Stool with Arms

10" 201⁄2" 253⁄4" 83⁄4" 4° 96°

Stool without Arms

10" N.A. N.A. N.A. 5° 95°

Plastic Stool without Arms

10" N.A. N.A. N.A. 4° 96°

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 218: Seating Specification Guide

218 Seating Specification Guide

Move 490 Series Value Package Multi-Use Chairs and StoolsBuzz2 Fabric on Seat with Black on Frame and Back Shell

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBased dPriced d

Chairs without ArmsWith Glides

490410V $236

With Casters

490410VC $279d d

Chairs with ArmsWith Glides

490412V $288

With Casters

490412VC $331d d

cSpecification Information, continued on next page

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 214

• Frame: 0835 Black paint• Back shell: 6205 Black plastic• Seat: Buzz2 fabric• Arms, if selected: 6205 Black plastic• Glides, if selected: plastic with stainless steel inserts• Hard, dual-wheel casters, if selected: black

1 Style number2 Buzz2 fabric color number for seat 3 Options, if selected (see below) cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Value package chairsallow you to obtain prese-lected features at a lowerprice than if specifying as astandard model number.

Tip: Options or substitutionsare not available on thisvalue package.

cDetailed dimensions,page 216

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$62 Add suffix F to the style number.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 219: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 219

Move 490 Series ValuePackage Multi-Use Chairs and Stools

cSpecification Information, continued from previous page

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S. dNumber dBased dPriced d

Stools without ArmsWith Glides

490710V $429

With Casters

490710VC $472d d

Stools with ArmsWith Glides

490712V $481

With Casters

490712VC $524d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 220: Seating Specification Guide

220 Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 216

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 214

• Frame: paint• Back shell: plastic• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1• Arms, if selected: plastic to match back shell• Glides, if selected: plastic with stainless

steel inserts• Hard, dual-wheel casters, if selected: black

1 Style number2 Paint color number for frame3 Plastic color number for back shell,

and seat, if selected4 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat and back, or seat, if selected5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Upholstery on seatMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$ 75 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 87 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Specify leather color number.

(COL)• Customer’s Own Vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.

(COV)• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Upholstery on seat and back• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$173 Add suffix S to the style number and

specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Specify leather color number.

(COL)• Customer’s Own Vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.

(COV)• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Frame• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with 6205Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 forupholstery fabric choices.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 221: Seating Specification Guide

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Seating Specification Guide cMove 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued 221

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Upholstered Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490410 $250

With Casters

490410C $293d d

Upholstered Back and Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490410U $302

With Casters

490410UC $345d d

Plastic Back and Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490410P $199

With Casters

490410CP $242d d

cSpecification Information, continued on next page

Tip: Plastic finish numbermust be specified for bothseat and back on plasticstyles.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 222: Seating Specification Guide

222 Seating Specification Guide

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs, continued

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Upholstered Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490412 $302

With Casters

490412C $345d d

Upholstered Back and Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490412U $354

With Casters

490412UC $397d d

Plastic Back and Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490412P $251

With Casters

490412CP $294d d

cSpecification Information, continued from previous page

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Tip: Plastic finish numbermust be specified for bothseat and back on plasticstyles.

Page 223: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 223

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 224: Seating Specification Guide

224 Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 216

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Stools

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 214

• Frame: paint• Back shell: plastic• Upholstery, if selected: fabric price group 1• Arms, if selected: plastic to match back shell• Glides, if selected: plastic with stainless

steel inserts• Hard, dual-wheel casters, if selected: black

1 Style number2 Paint color number for frame3 Plastic color number for back shell,

and seat, if selected4 Fabric color number for upholstery on

seat and back, or seat, if selected5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Upholstery on seatMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 29 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 44 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 52 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$ 65 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$ 91 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$ 75 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$ 87 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Specify leather color number.

(COL)• Customer’s Own Vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.

(COV)• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Upholstery on seat and back• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$144 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$191 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$227 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$263 Specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Steelcase leather upholstery +$150 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$173 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Leather No cost Specify leather color number.

(COL)• Customer’s Own Vinyl No cost Specify vinyl color number.

(COV)• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Frame• Platinum frame +$ 50 Specify with 4799 Platinum frame.

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Casters • Soft, dual-wheel casters +$ 20 Specify with soft casters.for use on hard floors

Tip: Fire Code Seating(FCS) option is availableonly on models with 6205Black plastic components.cSee pages 262–263 forupholstery fabric choices.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 225: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cMove 490 Multi-Use Stools, continued 225

Move 490 Series Multi-Use Stools

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Upholstered Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490710 $443

With Casters

490710C $486d d

Upholstered Back and Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490710U $495

With Casters

490710UC $538d d

Plastic Back and Seat without ArmsWith Glides

490710P $392

With Casters

490710CP $435d d

cSpecification Information, continued on next page

Tip: Plastic finish numbermust be specified for bothseat and back on plasticstyles.

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 226: Seating Specification Guide

Move 490 Multi-Use Stools, continued

226 Seating Specification Guide

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBased dPriced d

Upholstered Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490712 $495

With Casters

490712C $538d d

Upholstered Back and Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490712U $547

With Casters

490712UC $590d d

Plastic Back and Seat with ArmsWith Glides

490712P $444

With Casters

490712CP $487d d

cSpecification Information, continued from previous page

Tip: Plastic finish numbermust be specified for bothseat and back on plasticstyles.

Page 227: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 227

Ganging and Alignment Device

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Alignment device: black plastic only• Package of two

Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DWidth DU.S.dNumber d dPriced d d

d d d

490GA4 4" $31490GA7 7" $31d d d

Tip: One pair is required toalign two chairs. The 4"device is used for armlesschairs and the 7" device isused for chairs with arms.

Transport and Storage Dolly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

490D $626d d

Move 490 Series Accessories

Wall Saver Bumper

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Wall saver bumper: black plastic only• Package of five

Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

490W $21d d

Move 490 Series Accessories

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Mo

ve 4

90

Se

ries

Page 228: Seating Specification Guide

228 Seating Specification Guide

Page 229: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 229

Understandingand SpecifyingSnodgrass 474 Series Multi-Use Chairs

Understanding Snodgrass 474 Series

Details 230

Dimensions 232

Specifying Snodgrass 474 Series

Multi-Use Chairs 234

Multi-Use Chairs

Multi-use chairs aresuitable for use as occa-sional seating within teamspaces, workstations,offices, or wherever extraseating is required.

• Ally 463 Series• Player 475 Series• Move 490 Series• Snodgrass 474 Series

Sn

od

gra

ss 47

4S

erie

s

Page 230: Seating Specification Guide

230 Seating Specification Guide

Snodgrass 474 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

One back shape is available, open back.

Open arms are availableon monochromatic andwood models. Armless chairs are available monochromatic only.

Snodgrass, designed byWarren Snodgrass, offersguest and occasional seatingof classic simplicity. With achoice of metal or woodframes, Snodgrass hasenduring design that isalways in style.

Glides are clear plastic.

Frame is available inmonochromatic colors orwood veneer.

Page 231: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 231

Snodgrass 474 Series

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil retardant

treatment (option)• Leather• Elmosoft leather• Vinyl

Frame• Monochromatic color from

list of seating plastic colornumbers can be applied to the frame.

• WoodTip: Frames are constructedof solid maple. Finishesapplied to maple will matchthe color of stains applied to oak, walnut, or cherry, but will not show the same natural grain.

Glides• Clear plastic

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “Optional Accessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit.To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “Optional Accessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your Steelcase Solutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Fire CodescSee pages 262–263for upholstery fabrics avail-able for use with FCSmodification.

Steelcase offers Fire CodeSeating modification (FCS)on nearly all seating models.The most rigorous fire codesin the nation have beendeveloped in California, andthe Steelcase FCS modifica-tion is designed to meetthose codes. Fire CodeSeating (FCS) indicates thata product is constructed tomeet the strict fire coderequirements of high publicoccupancy areas such astheaters, meeting rooms,and lobbies. The FCS stan-dards will meet both theState of California HomeFurnishing Technical Bulletin133 (Cal TB 133) andBoston Fire Code (BFC).Boston adopted theCalifornia Home FurnishingTechnical Bulletin TB 133test standard in 1992.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 232

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscSnodgrass Brochure

(S11006)

Sn

od

gra

ss 47

4S

erie

s

Page 232: Seating Specification Guide

232 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsSnodgrass 474 Series

DFeatures DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBackd dDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeightd d d dDepth d dfrom d dfromd d d d d dFloor d dSeat

Snodgrass 474 SeriesChair with Open Loop Arms

231⁄2" 223⁄4" 311⁄2" 21" 171⁄2" 20" 181⁄4" 20" 141⁄4"

Chair without Arms

231⁄2" 223⁄4" 311⁄2" 21" 171⁄2" 20" 181⁄4" 20" 141⁄4"

Page 233: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 233

Dimensions

DBack DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledLumbar dBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendHeight dArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d d dSeat d dBack

Chair with Open Loop Arms

7" 20" 251⁄4" 7" 5° 103°

Chair without Arms

7" 20" 251⁄4" 7" 5° 103°

Sn

od

gra

ss 47

4S

erie

s

Page 234: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 232

234 Seating Specification Guide

Snodgrass 474 Series Multi-Use Chairs S

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface UpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.

• Fabric price group 2 +$ 21 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 57 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 88 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$103 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$129 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$180 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$464 Specify leather color number.• Elmosoft leather upholstery +$536 Specify Elmosoft leather color number.• Customer’s Own Material/ +$ 31 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

Leather (COM/COL) to specify.• Fire Code Seating (FCS) +$ 62 Add suffix F to the style number.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Frame• Customiz stain on wood +$ 25 Specify with Customiz stain.

cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.

Specification Information

Open Loop Arms Armlesswith Open Back with Open Back

DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d

Monochromatic

474419M S $723 474410M S $687

Wood

474419W S $991d d

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 230

• Frame and arms, if selected: monochromatic color,or wood veneer

• Upholstery: fabric price group 1• Glides: clear plastic

1 Style number2 Fabric color number for upholstery3 Monochromatic color number from seat-

ing plastic colors for frame, if applicable4 Wood veneer color number for frame, if

applicable5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Tip: Fire Code Seating (FCS) option is available with certain upholstery fabric choices only.cPages 262–263

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.S = Transitional product

Page 235: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingMax-Stacker 472 Series Stackable Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 235

Product Details

Max-Stacker 472 Series 236

Dimensions 238

Specifying

Stackable Chairs 240

Accessories 242

Stackable Chairs

Stackable chairs offerflexibility and ease of usein classrooms, auditori-ums, or wherever extraseating is required.

• Max-Stacker 472 Series• Max-Stacker II

473 Series• Player 475 Series

Leg-Base Chairs• Ally 463 Series

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r 47

2S

erie

s

Page 236: Seating Specification Guide

236 Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker 472 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Four models are avail-able—chairs without arms,chairs with bookracks, chairswith tablet arms, and chairswith a combination of book-rack and tablet arm.

Tablet arms provide a writing surface that is121⁄2"D x 113⁄8"W. They are available in left- or right-hand models.

Clearance between tabletarm and seat is 71⁄4"H.Tablet arm tilts for easyentrance and exit from chair.

Bookrack is availablefactory or field installed forconvenient storage of note-books and purses.

Max-Stacker providesstackable seating for high-traffic applications. Its cleanlines and durable steel rodframe have made the Max-Stacker a universally popu-lar stacker selection.

Back and seat are avail-able in flexible, contouredplastic.

Two-piece wire-rodframe is 7⁄16" diametercarbon steel for strength and durability.

Tablet arms andbookracks are availablefactory or field installed.

Plastic glides are stan-dard. Soft glides, optional,are recommended for useon non-carpeted floors.

Page 237: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 237

Max-Stacker 472 Series

Transport and storagedolly is available to stack,move, and store up to 45 chairs. Chairs withbookracks and tablet armscannot be stacked.

Unloaded transportdolly measures 55"D x22"W x 371⁄2"H.

Fully loaded transportdolly measures 57"D x22"W x 681⁄2"H.

Without transport dollystack can be up to 12 chairshigh.

Alignment device isavailable to temporarily linkchairs without tablet armstogether in the field forevenly spaced rows. Chairscan be unlinked easily.Spacing between chairslinked with alignment deviceis 21⁄4".

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Hard components(frame)• Seating coating• 9201 Polished Chrome

Back and seat• Plastic color

Bookrack• Coated to match the frame

color on seating coated models

• 9201 Polished Chrome on Polished Chrome models

Tablet arms• Laminate

Glides• Clear plastic• Soft

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

DimensionscPage 238

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscStackable Seating

Brochure (02-0002354)

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r 47

2S

erie

s

Page 238: Seating Specification Guide

238 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsMax-Stacker 472 Series

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBack DBackdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeight dLumbard d dDepth d dfrom d dfrom dHeightd d d d dFloor d dSeat d

Max-Stacker 472 Series211⁄2" 20" 301⁄4" 173⁄4" 163⁄4" 181⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 143⁄4" 91⁄2"d d d d d d d d

Page 239: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 239

Dimensions

DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d dSeat d dBack

N.A. N.A. N.A. 8° 93°d d d d d

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r 47

2S

erie

s

Page 240: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 238

240 Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker 472 Series Stackable Chairs

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyGlides • Soft glides for use on +$6 Specify with soft glides.

non-carpeted floors

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 236

• Frame: seating coating or 9201 Polished Chrome

• Seat and back: plastic • Tablet arm, if selected: laminate• Bookrack, if selected: high-wear coating or

9201 Polished Chrome• Glides: plastic

1 Style number2 Seating coating color number for frame

and bookrack3 Plastic color number for back and seat4 Laminate color number for tablet arm5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 241: Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker 472 SeriesStackable Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 241

Specification Information

DFrame Finish DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d

Without ArmsCoated frame 472410N $153

Polished Chrome frame 472410 $153d d d

With Tablet ArmRight-Hand

Coated frame 472410NTR $283

Polished Chrome frame 472410TR $283

Left-Hand

Coated frame 472410NTL $283

Polished Chrome frame 472410TL $283d d d

With BookrackCoated frame 472410NBR $231

Polished Chrome frame 472410BR $231

With Right-Hand Tablet Arm

Coated frame 472410NTRB $361

Polished Chrome frame 472410TRB $361

With Left-Hand Tablet Arm

Coated frame 472410NTLB $361

Polished Chrome frame 472410TLB $361d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r 47

2S

erie

s

Page 242: Seating Specification Guide

242 Seating Specification Guide

Tablet Arm Assembly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Tablet arm frame: seating coating or

9201 Polished Chrome• Tablet arm worksurface: laminate

1 Style number2 Laminate color number3 Color number for tablet arm framecSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

Right-hand

472TAR $135

Left-hand

472TAL $135d d

Bookrack Assembly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Bookrack assembly: seating coating or

9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Color number for bookrackcSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

472BR $ 82d d

Alignment Device

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Carton of 12 alignment devices: black plastic only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

472G $ 30d d

Max-Stacker 472 Series Accessories

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 243: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 243

Transport and Storage Dolly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

473D $449d d

Max-Stacker 472 SeriesAccessories

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r 47

2S

erie

s

Page 244: Seating Specification Guide

244 Seating Specification Guide

Page 245: Seating Specification Guide

Understandingand SpecifyingMax-Stacker II 473 Series Stackable Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 245

Product Details

Max-Stacker II 473 Series 246

Dimensions 248

Specifying

Stackable Chairs 250

Accessories 252

Stackable Chairs

Stackable chairs offerflexibility and ease of usein classrooms, auditori-ums, or wherever extraseating is required.

• Max-Stacker 472 Series• Max-Stacker II

473 Series• Player 475 Series

Leg-Base Chairs• Ally 463 Series

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r II 47

3S

erie

s

Page 246: Seating Specification Guide

246 Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker II 473 Series

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Product Details

Four models are avail-able—chairs without arms,chairs with bookracks, chairswith tablet arms, and chairswith a combination of book-rack and tablet arm.

Tablet arms provide a writing surface that is121⁄2"D x 113⁄8"W. They are available in left- or right-hand models.

Clearance between tabletarm and seat is 71⁄4"H.Tablet arm tilts for easyentrance and exit from chair.

Bookrack is availablefactory or field installed forconvenient storage of note-books and purses.

Stacking bumpers areprovided on upholsteredmodels to protect the fabricwhen chairs are stacked.

Max-Stacker II offers dif-ferent visuals with roundedback and curved lines inanother great stacking chair.

Flexible, contouredback and seat areavailable in plastic or withupholstered cushions.

Two-piece wire-rodframe is 7⁄16"-diametercarbon steel for strength and durability.

Tablet arms andbookracks are availablefactory or field installed.

Plastic glides are stan-dard. Soft glides, optional,are recommended for useon non-carpeted floors.

Page 247: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide 247

Max-Stacker II 473 Series

Transport and storagedolly is available to stack,move, and store up to 35non-upholstered or 25upholstered chairs. Chairswith bookracks and tabletarms cannot be stacked.

Unloaded transportdolly measures 55"D x22"W x 371⁄2"H.

Fully loaded transportdolly measures 57"D x22"W x 681⁄2"H.

Without transport dollystack can be up to 12 chairshigh.

Alignment device isavailable to temporarily linkchairs together in the fieldfor evenly spaced rows.Chairs can be unlinked eas-ily. Spacing between chairslinked with alignment deviceis 21⁄4".

Surface MaterialscSee surface materials onpage 256 for specific avail-ability or refer to the SurfaceMaterials Reference Manualfor further information.

Hard components(frame)• Seating coating• 9201 Polished Chrome

Back and seat• Plastic color • Upholstery

Upholstery• Fabric• Fabric with soil retardant

treatment (option)

Bookrack• Coated to match the frame

color on seating coated models

• 9201 Polished Chrome on Polished Chrome models

Tablet arms• Laminate

Glides• Clear plastic• Soft

All Steelcase seatingwith standard uphol-stery fabrics complieswith requirements of theState of California TechnicalBulletin 117. All standardseating is labeled to be incompliance with California117.

Programs & Services

cSee the Surface MaterialsReference Manual for furtherdetail about programs andservices offered for seating.

The Customer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Programoffers the opportunity for cus-tomers to select fabrics thatare not offered through thestandard Steelcase surfacematerials program for use onSteelcase products. Throughthe COM program, Steelcasewill test your materials forapplication on Steelcaseproducts. Once approved,you can place your order.Steelcase will facilitate theentire ordering process andgive you a production sched-ule. Steelcase will order theCOM fabric directly from thetextile manufacturer. For up-to-date information regardingfabric test results for all COMfabrics and details regardingyardage requirements formost Seating lines, visit theCOM Web site. To locate theCOM Web site:• Visit www.steelcase.com

Soil retardants are treat-ments that provide long-termsoil and stain resistance to afabric without affecting theshade or the integrity of thefabric. The followingSteelcase Textiles andDesigntex fabrics are avail-able pre-treated with soilretardant. (You do not need toselect the soil-retardantoption for these fabrics andincur the upcharge.)• Brunswick• Jacks• Link• Rough & Ready• Sandpiper• Senecal• Spyder

The following Designtex fabrics are pre-treated withCrypton, Nano-Tex, or Teflon.(You do not need to select thesoil retardant option for thesefabrics and will not incur the$20 upcharge.)• Acacia• Agave• Alistair• Appleseed• Brooch• Chicory• Dahlia• Epiphany• Halos• Kabuki• Kaleidoscope• Klange• Point• Pueblo• Rocket• Senna• Singing in the Rain• Tartan• Terrain• Topiary• Tumbleweed

Soil-retardant treatment isavailable on all other seatingfabrics at an additionalupcharge per seating unit. To order this option, pleaseselect “Soil-RetardantTreatment” under “OptionalAccessories.”

For soil-retardant treatmenton COMs, please select “Soil-Retardant Treatment” under“Optional Accessories.”Minimums or additionalyardage may be required.Please contact the vendordirectly for specific information.

Extended lead times may benecessary for this service.

Contact your SteelcaseSolutions Fulfillment TeamRepresentative at1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).

Steelcase Fire CodeSeating (FCS) is notavailable on Max-Stacker IIseating.

Local codes may havespecial requirements forupholstery.

DimensionscPage 248

ResourcesPrinted MaterialscStackable Seating

Brochure (02-0002354)

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r II 47

3S

erie

s

Page 248: Seating Specification Guide

248 Seating Specification Guide

DimensionsMax-Stacker II 473 Series

DOverall DSeat DFunctional DSeat DSeat DBack DBack DBackdDepth Width Height dDepth dSeat dWidth dHeight dWidth dHeight dLumbard d dDepth d dfrom d dfrom dHeightd d d d dFloor d dSeat d

Max-Stacker II 473 Series223⁄4" 193⁄4" 331⁄4" 19" 17" 181⁄4" 171⁄2" 181⁄4" 173⁄4" 10"

Page 249: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 249

Dimensions

DWidth DArm DArm DSeat DAngledBetween dto dHeight dPan dBetweendArms dFloor dfrom dAngle dSeat andd d dSeat d dBack

N.A. N.A. N.A. 8° 93°

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r II 47

3S

erie

s

Page 250: Seating Specification Guide

cDetailed dimensions,page 248

250 Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker II 473 Series Stackable Chairs

Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface Upholstered seat and backMaterials • Fabric price group 1 +$122 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$143 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$163 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$179 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$194 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$210 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$225 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$251 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$282 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$302 Add suffix U to the style number and

specify fabric color number.• Customer’s Own Material +$153 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual

(COM) to specify.• Soil-retardant treatment +$ 20 Specify with soil-retardant treatment.

applied to upholstery fabric

Glides • Soft glides for use on +$ 6 Specify with soft glides.non-carpeted floors

Standard Includes Required to SpecifycNeed help?

Product details,page 246

• Frame: seating coating or 9201 Polished Chrome• Back and seat: plastic• Tablet arm, if selected: laminate• Bookrack, if selected: high-wear coating or

9201 Polished Chrome• Glides: plastic

1 Style number2 Seating coating color number for frame3 Plastic color number for back and seat4 Laminate color number for tablet arm5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 256.

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 251: Seating Specification Guide

Max-Stacker II 473 SeriesStackable Chairs

Seating Specification Guide 251

Specification Information

DFrame Finish DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d

Without ArmsCoated frame 473410N $182

Polished Chrome frame 473410 $182d d d

With Tablet ArmRight-Hand

Coated frame 473410NTR $315

Polished Chrome frame 473410TR $315

Left-Hand

Coated frame 473410NTL $315

Polished Chrome frame 473410TL $315d d d

With BookrackCoated frame 473410NB $260

Polished Chrome frame 473410B $260

With Right-Hand Tablet Arm

Coated frame 473410NTRB $393

Polished Chrome frame 473410TRB $393

With Left-Hand Tablet Arm

Coated frame 473410NTLB $393

Polished Chrome frame 473410TLB $393d d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r II 47

3S

erie

s

Page 252: Seating Specification Guide

252 Seating Specification Guide

Tablet Arm Assembly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Tablet arm frame: seating coating or

9201 Polished Chrome• Tablet arm worksurface: laminate

1 Style number2 Laminate color number3 Color number for tablet arm framecSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

Right-Hand

473TR $135

Left-Hand

473TL $135d d

Bookrack Assembly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Bookrack assembly: seating coating or

9201 Polished Chrome1 Style number2 Color number for bookrackcSee Surface Materials, page 256.

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

473B $ 82d d

Alignment Device

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Carton of 12 alignment devices: black plastic only Style number

Max-Stacker II 473 Series Accessories

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

473G $ 30d d

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Page 253: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 253

Transport and Storage Dolly

Standard Includes Required to Specify• Transport and storage dolly: black paint only Style number

Specification Information

DStyle DU.S.dNumber dPriced d

473D $449d d

Max-Stacker II 473 SeriesAccessories

For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by the Canadian price factor.

See page 1 for details.

Ma

x-S

tac

ke

r II 47

3S

erie

s

Page 254: Seating Specification Guide

254 Seating Specification Guide

Page 255: Seating Specification Guide

Surface Materials

Seating Specification Guide 255

Surface Materials 256

Steelcase Upholstery Matrix 260

Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix 262

Color Availability Matrix 264

Special Features 268

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 256: Seating Specification Guide

256 Seating Specification Guide

Surface Materials

This listing includes allthe surface material choices that are availablefor the products in thisspecification guide.

ResourcesFor more information aboutsurface materials, refer tothe following resources:

Additional surfacematerials specificationtools are available toassist you in thespecification process—theSurface Materials Binders.

Surface MaterialsBinders include:• Surface Materials

Reference Manual• A complete set of swatch

cards for hard surfaces,vertical surface fabrics,and seating upholstery

Plastic

Steelcase SurfacesNot every plastic color isavailable on every plasticcomponent.cRefer to the Color Availability Matrix on page 264 before specifying.6009 Arctic White6053 Seagull6059 Sterling Dark Solid6205 Black6206 Burgundy6249 Platinum Solid6250 Coffee6256 Graphite6259 Midnight 6295 Near Black6296 Sterling6301 Aegean6302 Baltic6303 Pomegranate6332 Citron6333 Picasso6334 Flash6335 Wasabi6336 Jazz6337 Element6338 Chili6654 Sand

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Coating

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• Max-Stacker 472 Series• Max-Stacker II 473 Series7000 Black7005 Coffee7011 Graphite

Paint

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• Jersey Series work chairs4799 Platinum Metallic

Applies to:• Jersey Series guest

chairs4799 Platinum Metallic7207 Black

Applies to:• Siento 499 Series chairs• Move 490 Series chair

frames0835 Black4799 Platinum Metallic7239 Midnight

Applies to:• cobi 434 Series chairs0835 Black4799 Platinum Metallic4803 Near Black Metallic

Applies to:• node 480 Series chairs0835 Black4750 Champagne Metallic4799 Platinum Metallic

Accessory Paint

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• cobi 434 Series chairs4140 Arctic White Gloss

Metal

Steelcase SurfacesMetal finishes are notavailable on every chair.cRefer to the Color Availability Matrix on page 264 before specifying.8046 Polished Aluminum9201 Polished Chrome

Laminate

Steelcase SurfacesNot every laminate color is available on every chair.cRefer to the Color Availability Matrix on page 264 before specifying.2406 Clear Cherry2409 Clear Maple2410 Graphite Walnut2412 Natural Cherry2422 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2538 Clear Walnut2539 Warm Oak2714 Natural Walnut2722 Cream2730 Arctic White2746 Black2759 Warm White2772 Medium Mahogany

on Walnut E2810 Dawn2811 Mist2883 Seagull2884 Milk2885 Dune25T1 Winter on Maple26T1 Natural Cherry

Wood

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• Snodgrass 474 Series

chair framesTip: Frames are constructedof solid maple. Finishesapplied to maple will matchthe color of stains applied to oak, walnut, or cherry, but will not show the same natural grain.

Wood Seating ColorChoices3062 Graphite Walnut3402 Clear Cherry (Aged)3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3522 Clear Maple*3572 Amber on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3602 Desert Oak3612 Warm Oak3692 Espresso Oak3702 Clear Walnut3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahogany

on Walnut3752 Medium Walnut3762 Dark Walnut3772 Medium Mahogany

on Walnut*To ensure an under-standing of the color rangesand characteristic variationsof natural veneer, a sign-offsheet is required prior toorders being accepted forthis clear-coat finish. Thesign-off sheet is availablethrough Steelcaseadvertising stock. Formnumber 05-0001370.

Applies to:

• i2i tablet arms3062 Graphite Walnut3102 Clear Cherry (Aged)3112 Natural Cherry3122 Medium Cherry3222 Clear Maple*3272 Amber on Maple3292 Blonde on Maple3302 Desert Oak3312 Natural Walnut3322 Dark Mahogany on

Walnut3352 Medium Walnut3362 Dark Walnut3372 Medium Mahogany

on Walnut3382 Graphite Walnut3402 Clear Cherry (Aged)3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3522 Clear Maple3572 Amber on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3602 Desert Oak3612 Warm Oak3692 Espresso Oak3702 Clear Walnut3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahogany

on Walnut3752 Medium Walnut3762 Dark Walnut3772 Medium Mahogany

on Walnut*To ensure an under-standing of the color rangesand characteristic variationsof natural veneer, a sign-offsheet is required prior toorders being accepted forthis clear-coat finish. Thesign-off sheet is availablethrough Steelcaseadvertising stock. Formnumber 05-0001370.

Custom SurfacesCustomiz stain is aservice that allows you tocreate your own stain color.Minimum order quantities,per unit up-charges, and aone-time customerprocessing fee apply.cSee the Surface Materials Reference Manual for more information.

cSee c:scape & media:scape Specification Guidefor the complete surfacematerials list for the i2icollaborative lounge table.

E = Established

Page 257: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 257

Surface Materials

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Wool Suede Too

Custom SurfacesApplies to:• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge101 Stone102 Tan103 Pecan201 Sesame301 Blush302 Persimmon303 Cranberry401 Ink402 Charcoal403 China501 Green Tea502 Eucalyptus503 Patina504 Juniper505 Olive601 Jam701 Squash702 Ginger801 Dust802 Mineral803 Shale804 Black

Elmorustical Leather

Custom SurfacesApplies to:• Leap 464 Series

WorkLounge12011 Light Grey22679 Beige33286 Rust43236 Camel43632 Honey48059 Field Green53301 Red Brown55057 Crimson55063 Flame93287 Charbrown93327 Loam97054 Twilight98953 Mist Green99991 Ebony

Mesh

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• Jersey SeriesT084 BlackT085 GreyT086 WhiteT087 YellowT088 OrangeT089 RedT090 GreenT091 BlueT094 Cardinal

3D Knit

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• i2i 416 Series• Leap 462 Series• Think 465 Series• Amia 482 Series5064 Licorice5065 Coconut5066 Malt5067 Root Beer5090 Wasabi5091 Maya Blue5092 Graphite5093 Nickel5094 Tangerine5095 Scarlet5096 Turmeric5097 Concord5098 Blue Jay5099 Basil

Connect 3D

Steelcase SurfacesApplies to:• cobi 434 Series5015 Coconut5016 Turmeric5017 Tangerine5018 Scarlet5019 Concord5020 Maya Blue5021 Blue Jay5022 Basil5023 Wasabi5024 Nickel5025 Graphite5026 Licorice5027 Malt5028 Root Beer

UpholsteryNot every upholstery isavailable on every chair.cRefer to the Steelcase Upholstery Matrix on page 260 before specifying.

Steelcase SurfacesPrice Group 1Buzz25F01 Camel E5F03 Tomato5F04 Red E5F05 Burgundy5F06 Sky E5F07 Blue5F08 Navy5F10 Grape E5F11 Eggplant E5F15 Stone5F16 Grey5F17 Black5G50 Dunegrass5G51 Sable5G52 Barley5G53 Sunrise5G54 Carrot5G55 Pumpkin5G56 Timber5G57 Rouge5G58 Chocolate5G59 Meadow5G60 Ivy5G61 Cyan5G62 Atlantic5G63 Crocus5G64 Alpine5G65 Tornado

Jacks5B61 Taupe5B63 Camel5B64 Pewter5B66 Plum5B68 Lichen5B69 Ocean5B70 Midnight

Link5A20 Burgundy5A21 Rust5A23 Green5A24 Blue5A25 Navy5A26 Purple5A27 Black5A28 Ocean5A29 Lichen5A30 Chamois

Playground5F28 Claret5F29 Chile5F30 Amber5F31 Nut5F32 Blade5F33 Stone5F34 Sky5F35 Navy5F36 Huckleberry5F37 Charcoal

Seating Vinyl5801 Topaz 5805 Foggy Night 5809 Black 5810 Forest5812 Navy5813 Currant5814 Leaf5815 Seaside5817 Pebble 5818 Spice5819 Thistle5820 Coffee5822 Iris

Price Group 2Cogent: Connect5S15 Coconut5S16 Turmeric5S17 Tangerine5S18 Scarlet5S19 Concord5S20 Maya Blue5S21 Blue Jay5S22 Basil5S23 Wasabi5S24 Nickel5S25 Graphite5S26 Licorice5S27 Malt5S28 Root Beer

Cogent: Geode Seating5S46 Bark5S47 Coal5S48 Smoke5S49 Cobalt5S50 Ink5S51 Shamrock5S52 Pear5S53 Berry5S54 Mandarin5S55 Sunset5S56 Citrus5S57 Thunder

Cogent: Geode Vertical5S31 Pebble5S32 Canyon5S33 Honey5S34 Ice5S35 Slate5S36 Cement5S37 Rock5S38 Oyster5S39 Buff5S40 Toast5S41 Sesame5S42 Ecru5S43 Dove

Cogent: Trails5S29 Bronzite5S30 Amethyst5S84 Jasper5S85 Agate5S86 Lapis5S87 Malachite5S88 Quartz5S89 Carnelian5S90 Tiger Eye5S91 Travertine5S92 Topaz

Cricket5A84 Plum5A85 Camel5A86 Charcoal5A87 Black5A90 Currant5A91 Spearmint5A92 Sky5A93 Midnight5A95 Ocean5A96 Forest

Crosswalk5F48 Beech5F49 Moon5F50 Berry5F51 Admiral Blue5F52 Moss5F53 Persimmon5F54 Bittersweet5F55 Midnight5F56 Poppy

Nitelights5F58 Hazelnut5F59 Burgundy5F60 Cherry5F61 Earth5F62 Shore5F63 Moss5F64 Sea5F65 Regal Blue5F66 Stone5F67 Moon

Regis25F18 Black 5F21 Elephant 5F23 Aqua5F24 Pacific5F26 Cherry5F27 Navy

E = Established

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 258: Seating Specification Guide

258 Seating Specification Guide

Surface Materials, continued

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Spyder5B00 Orchid5B01 Foggy Night5B04 Peri5B05 Merlot5B06 Dove5B07 Sage5B09 Topaz5B11 Currant5B12 Lichen

Zoe25C90 Eggplant5C91 Aloe5C92 Fiddle5C93 Patina5C94 Peacock5C95 Rain5C96 Grey Flannel5C97 Pebble5C98 Cymbal5C99 Fiesta

Price Group 3Cogent: Tides5S71 Butter5S72 Snow5S73 Celery5S74 Wicker5S75 Pool5S76 Cloud5S77 Grass5S78 Clay5S79 Hyacinth5S80 Jet5S81 Doe5S82 Boysenberry5S83 Night

Cogent: Traxx5S00 Lime5S01 Natural5S02 Marigold5S03 Turf5S04 Burnt Umber5S05 Cherry5S06 Terra Cotta5S07 Azure5S08 Royal Blue5S09 Wine5S10 Acorn5S11 Forest5S12 Graphite

HampsteadB351 Blue Green V4 EB359 Blue Blue

Green V5 EB366 Blue Blue Violet

V4 EB369 Blue Blue Violet

V5 EB377 Violet V5

(Low Intensity) EB389 Red Red

Violet V5 EB395 Grey V5 EB399 BlackB406 Windflower EB413 Shale EB423 ClementineB424 Butter CreamB425 Iris B426 SapphireB427 TurquoiseB428 NavyB429 CharcoalB430 SpaB431 PlumB432 CocoaB433 CorkB434 StoneB435 MetalB436 PeridotB437 CactusB438 SycamoreB439 Candy Apple

Price Group 6BrisaBR01 Black OnyxBR04 TruffleBR06 AshBR07 SageBR08 CeleryBR09 Sterling BlueBR10 Night NavyBR11 Cambridge BlueBR12 AbyssBR13 CanyonBR14 Pompeian RedBR15 SalsaBR16 CinnabarBR17 AztecBR18 New SandBR19 CreamBR20 WhiteBR21 MoccasinBR22 BuckskinBR23 Prairie

Leather Price GroupSteelcase LeatherL107 BlackL202 DuskL203 BottleL207 MahoganyL220 SoapstoneL221 RockyL224 PlumL500 CamelL503 NavyL507 Vineyard

Elmosoft LeatherPrice GroupElmosoft LeatherL110 Maritime BlueL111 Midnight BlueL112 EbonyL113 GunmetalL114 MicaL115 Dove GreyL116 Plum PleasureL122 TruffleL128 Red BirchL132 VioletL133 EspressoL134 RubyL135 ScarletL136 ClaretL137 CabernetL138 BourbonL139 CinderL140 GarnetL143 PecanL144 ChamoisL145 PalominoL146 RussetL147 SaddleL148 GoldstoneL150 IvoryL151 WhiteL709 SugarL710 LavaL711 ParchmentL712 BuffL713 SandL714 MaizeL715 CamelL716 KhakiL717 CameoL718 MushroomL719 TaupeL720 FawnL721 RockL722 DesertL723 StormL724 MistL725 TealL726 CeladonL727 Egyptian BlueL728 Bright BlueL729 AquariumL730 HunterL731 FernL732 EdamameL733 MossL734 Key LimeL735 CreamsicleL736 LemonL737 SunshineL738 DramaL739 ByzantiumL740 DazzleL741 FuchsiaL742 Flamingo

Select SurfacesDesigntexFor additional informationand fabric samples, contactyour local Designtex salesrepresentative at1.800.221.1540.

Applies to: • Universal mobile pedestal

cushion top

The following fabrics arepart of the program formerlyknown as DesigntexGraded-In. These patternscan be ordered through theSelect Surfaces order fulfillmodel. cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual forcomplete Select Surfacesordering information.

Price Group 2Bee - 4975Ludington - 3285Sandpiper - 2893

Price Group 3Boyne - 3280Crossroads - 2895Great Lakes - 3282Lagoon - 4977Prairie - 2552Rocket - 2693

Price Group 4Astrid - 2747At Ease - 3309Candor - 3306Closed Loop - 2550Easy Going - 3305Free & Easy - 3316Glen Arbor - 3283Gujarat - 3357Introvert - 2879Kalanga - 3359Leland - 3281Matter of Fact - 3356Metta - 2681No Frills - 3318Nonchalant - 3307Omar Seating - 2865Saugatuck - 3284To The Point - 3308Topiary - 2897Well Rounded - 3317

Price Group 5Abex - 2072Appleseed - 2682Brooch - 2762Caillou - 2778Halos - 2899Kabuki - 2794Surface - 2787Sustain - 2851

Price Group 6Acacia - 2843Agave - 2847Alistair - 2992Amaranth w/o Crypton –2855uBottle Bank - 2869Chicory - 2993Dahlia - 2995Epiphany - 2734Friendly Faux - 2008Hula Hoop - 3297Kenaf w/o Crypton – 2859uKlange - 2741Pueblo - 2844React - 2861Rough & Ready - 2016Salvage - 2867Senna - 2848Sock Hop - 3298Soda Pop - 2868Tartan - 2994Terrain - 2846Thermo - 2872Tumbleweed - 2845

Price Group 7Drive-In - 3299Dwell - 2850Kaleidoscope - 2863Point - 2783

Price Group 8Coppice - 2237Furrows - 2236Meander - 2238

Price Group 9Gramercy - 2599

E = Established

Page 259: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 259

Surface Materials

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Select SurfacesPollack For additional informationand fabric samples, contactPollack at 1.212.627.7766 orgo to pollackassociates.com.

Applies to: • Universal mobile pedestal

cushion top

Price Group 5Rewrite - 2304

Price Group 7Beadwork - 4123Glyph Matelasse - 2305Journey - 4121

Price Group 8Microcosm - 2315

Price Group 9Quarry Stones - 2308Volute - 2313

Price Group 10Glyph Velvet - 5058

Custom Surfaces

Price Group COM(Customer’s OwnMaterial)

Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether a particular COM material has already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com

For additional information regardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE.

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 260: Seating Specification Guide

260 Seating Specification Guide

Pric

e G

roup

Ally

463

Ser

ies

Ally

463

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit -

Sew

n

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - S

ewn

ap4

0: A

mia

482

Ser

ies,

Cre

w, J

ack

Cac

het 4

87 S

erie

s

cob

i 434

Ser

ies

- Con

nect

3D

cob

i 434

Ser

ies

- Con

nect

3D

- S

ewn

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - M

olde

d

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - P

lus

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Bac

k, N

on-S

ewn

Sea

t

c:s

cape

Scr

eens

Driv

e 46

1 S

erie

s

Driv

e 46

1 S

erie

s - S

ewn

i2i 4

16 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit -

Sew

n

Jer

sey

Ser

ies

Jer

sey

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Lea

p V

2 46

2 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Lea

p V

2 46

2 S

erie

s

Lea

p V

2 46

2 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit -

Sew

n

Lea

p V

2 46

2 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Brisa 6 A A A A A ANANA A A ANNNA A ANA A A A

Buzz2 1 ANA A A ANANA A ANNA ANA ANA ANNCogent: Connect 2 ANA ANNNA ANA ANNA ANA ANA ANNCogent: Geode Seating 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNNNNANNA ANNCogent: Geode Vertical 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNNNNANNA ANNCogent: Tides 3 ANA ANNNANA A ANNA ANA ANA ANNCogent: Trails 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNNANA ANA ANNCogent: Traxx 3 ANA ANNNANA A A ANNANA ANA ANNCricket 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNA ANA ANA ANNCrosswalk 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNNANA ANA ANNElmorustical Leather NANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNElmosoft Leather EL NANNA ANANNNA A ANNA ANANNA A

Hampstead 3 ANA ANNNANA A ANNA ANA ANA ANNJacks 1 ANA A A ANANA A ANNNANA ANA ANNJersey Black NANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNJersey Mesh NANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNNSteelcase Leather L NANNA ANANANA A ANNA ANANNA A

Link 1 ANA A A ANANA A A ANNNANA ANA ANNNitelights 2 ANA ANNNANA A ANNNANA ANA ANNPlayground 1 ANA ANNA ANA A ANNNANA ANA ANNRegis2 2 ANA A A ANANA A ANNA ANA ANA A A A

Seating Vinyl 1 NANNA ANANANA A ANNA ANANNA A

Spyder 2 ANA A A ANANA ANNNNANNANA ANNZoe2 2 ANA A A ANANA A ANNNANA ANA ANN

Seating Upholstery Matrix

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsEL = Elmosoft leatherL = Leatherc See specification pages fordetails.

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge is standard with Designtex Wool Suede Too. Elmorustical leather is an option.Think 465 Series sewn version available in leather and vinyl only on models with 3D Knit back.Amia 482 Series sewn version models with leather or vinyl require an “S” suffix which features an additional stitch detail across thelumbar region on the back cushion.3D Knit upholstery available only on models with 3D Knit back.

Page 261: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Upholstery Matrix

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Brisa

Buzz2

Cogent: Connect

Cogent: Geode Seating

Cogent: Geode Vertical

Cogent: Tides

Cogent: Trails

Cogent: Traxx

Cricket

Crosswalk

Elmorustical Leather

Elmosoft Leather

Hampstead

Jacks

Jersey Black

Jersey Mesh

Steelcase Leather

Link

Nitelights

Playground

Regis2

Seating Vinyl

Spyder

Zoe2

Lea

p 46

4 W

orkL

oung

e an

d O

ttom

an S

erie

s

Max

Sta

cker

II 4

73 S

erie

s

med

ia:s

cape

Lou

nge

Mob

ile P

ed C

ushi

on T

ops

- 900

0, A

veni

r, C

onte

xt

Mob

ile P

edes

tal C

ushi

on T

ops

- ap4

0

Mov

e 49

0 S

erie

s

Pla

yer 4

75 S

erie

s

Pro

tégé

433

Ser

ies

Pro

tégé

433

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - M

esh

Bac

k

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - U

phol

ster

ed B

ack

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Sea

t - M

esh

Bac

k

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Sea

t - S

ewn

Bac

k

Sie

nto

499

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Sno

dgra

ss 4

74 S

erie

s

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s - S

ewn

- 3D

Kni

t

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s - S

ewn

- Stit

ched

Det

ail

Uni

vers

al P

edes

tal C

ushi

on T

ops

NNA ANA A A A A A A A A A A A A A A NA A A A A A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NANANA ANNA ANNNA A A A A A NANANA ANNA ANNNA A A A A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A AN NANANA ANNNNNNA A A A A A A NANANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NANANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A ANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNANANNA A A A A A ANNA A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NA A A A A A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNA ANANNA A A A A A ANNA A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NA A ANA A ANNNNNA A A A A A A NA A A A A A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A NNA A A A ANA A A A ANANNA A A NA A ANA A ANA ANNNA A A A A A NANANA A ANA ANNA A A A A A A

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge is standard with Designtex Wool Suede Too. Elmorustical leather is an option.Think 465 Series sewn version available in leather and vinyl only on models with 3D Knit back.Amia 482 Series sewn version models with leather or vinyl require an “S” suffix which features an additional stitchdetail across the lumbar region on the back cushion.3D Knit upholstery available only on models with 3D Knit back.

Seating Specification Guide 261

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsEL = Elmosoft leatherL = Leatherc See specification pages fordetails.

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 262: Seating Specification Guide

262 Seating Specification Guide

Pric

e G

roup

Ally

463

Ser

ies

Ally

463

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit,

Sew

n

Am

ia 4

82 S

erie

s - S

ewn

ap4

0: A

mia

482

Ser

ies,

Cre

w, J

ack

Cac

het 4

87 S

erie

s

cob

i 434

Ser

ies

- Con

nect

3D

cob

i 434

Ser

ies

- Con

nect

3D

, Sew

n

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - M

olde

d

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - P

lus

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Crit

erio

n 45

3 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Bac

k, N

on-S

ewn

Sea

t

c:s

cape

Scr

eens

Driv

e 46

1 S

erie

s

Driv

e 46

1 S

erie

s - S

ewn

i2i 4

16 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit,

Sew

n

Jer

sey

Ser

ies

Jer

sey

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Lea

p 46

2 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Lea

p 46

2 S

erie

s

Lea

p 46

2 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit,

Sew

n

Lea

p 46

2 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Brisa 6 UU UUNANUUNUUNUU UU UU ANNUU UU UUNNNUUNA

Buzz2 1 ANNANUUNANA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Cogent: Connect 2 ANA ANNNA ANA UUNNNUUNANNA ANUU

Cogent: Geode Seating 2 ANNANNNANA A ANNNUUNANNNANUU

Cogent: Geode Vertical 2 ANNANNNANA A ANNNUUNANNNANUU

Cogent: Tides 3 ANNANNNUUNNA UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Cogent: Trails 2 ANNANNNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANNCogent: Traxx 3 ANNANNNUUNA A UU UUNNUUNANNNANUU

Cricket 2 ANNANNNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANNCrosswalk 2 ANNANNNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Elmorustical Leather NA UUNNUUNNNUUNNUU UUNNNUUNNNNNUUNUU

Elmosoft Leather ELNANNNUUNUUNNNUU UU UUNNUU ANNNNNA

Hampstead 3 ANNANNNANA A ANNNANANNNANUU

Jacks 1 ANNANUUNANA A ANNNUUNANNNANUU

Jersey Black NA UUNNUUNNNUUNNUU UUNNNUUNNNNNUUNUU

Jersey Mesh NA UUNNUUNNNUUNNUU UUNNNUUNNNNNUUNUU

Steelcase Leather L UU ANUUNANUUNA UU UU UU UUNUU UU ANNNUUNA

Link 1 ANNANUUNANA A A ANNUUNANNNANUU

Nitelights 2 ANNANNNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Playground 1 ANNANNNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Regis2 2 ANNANUUNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Seating Vinyl 1 UU UUNUUNANANA UU UU A UUNUU UU UUNNNUUNA

Spyder 2 ANNANUUNANA A UUNNNUUNNNNNANUU

Zoe2 2 ANNANUUNUUNA A UUNNNUUNANNNANUU

Fire Code Seating Upholstery Matrix

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Upholstery: Availability of Fire Code Treatment

Cachet models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Criterion and Criterion Plus models meet fire code requirements only when specifiedwith adjustable seat depth and 6205 Black plastic.Drive models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Move models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Think 3D Knit models meet fire code requirements except for models with lumbar option.Think 465 Series sewn version is available in leather and vinyl only on models with 3DKnit back.3D Knit upholstery is available only on models with 3D Knit back.

The following matrix listseach seating line and denotes fabrics that areavailable, available withexceptions, and not available.For further detail regardingexceptions, see the specificchapter within the SeatingSpecification Guide or theSurface Materials ReferenceManual.

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsU= Untested

EL = Elmosoft leatherL = LeathercSee specification pages for details.

Fire Code Seating (FCS) indicates that aproduct is constructed to meet the strictfire code requirements of high publicoccupancy areas.

Page 263: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 263

Brisa

Buzz2

Cogent: Connect

Cogent: Geode Seating

Cogent: Geode Vertical

Cogent: Tides

Cogent: Trails

Cogent: Traxx

Cricket

Crosswalk

Elmorustical Leather

Elmosoft Leather

Hampstead

Jacks

Jersey Black

Jersey Mesh

Steelcase Leather

Link

Nitelights

Playground

Regis2

Seating Vinyl

Spyder

Zoe2

Lea

p 46

4 W

orkL

oung

e an

d O

ttom

an S

erie

s

Max

Sta

cker

II 4

73 S

erie

s

med

ia:s

cape

Lou

nge

Mob

ile P

ed C

ushi

on T

ops

- 900

0, A

veni

r, C

onte

xt

Mob

ile P

edes

tal C

ushi

on T

ops

- ap4

0

Mov

e 49

0 S

erie

s

Pla

yer 4

75 S

erie

s

Pro

tégé

433

Ser

ies

Pro

tégé

433

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - M

esh

Bac

k

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - U

phol

ster

ed B

ack

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Sea

t - M

esh

Bac

k

Rep

ly 4

66 S

erie

s - S

ewn

Sea

t - S

ewn

Bac

k

Sie

nto

499

Ser

ies

- Sew

n

Sno

dgra

ss 4

74 S

erie

s

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s - 3

D K

nit

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s - S

ewn,

3D

Kni

t

Thi

nk 4

65 S

erie

s -

Sew

n, S

titch

ed D

etai

l

Uni

vers

al P

edes

tal C

ushi

on T

ops

NNNNNA A U U U U U U U UNUNAN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A UNU U U U U A A ANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNU A U U U U U U U ANANAN NNNANA ANNU U U U U ANANU A NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNU U U U U U U U U UNUNUN NNNNNUNNA U U U U A ANUNUN NNNNNA A A U U U U U A ANANAN NNNNNA A A U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNU U U U U U U U U UNUNUN NNNNNU U U U U U U U U UNUNUN NNNNNU U U A U U U U A ANU A AN NNNNNA A A U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U A A ANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANU A AN NNNNNA A A U U U U U U ANANUN NNNNNA A U U U U U U U ANANUN

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

Seating Upholstery: Availability of Fire Code Treatment, continued

Fire Code SeatingUpholstery Matrix

Cachet models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Criterion and Criterion Plus models meet fire code requirements only when specifiedwith adjustable seat depth and 6205 Black plastic.Drive models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Move models meet fire code requirements only when specified with 6205 Black plastic.Think 3D Knit models meet fire code requirements except for models with lumbar option.Think 465 Series sewn version is available in leather and vinyl only on models with 3DKnit back.3D Knit upholstery is available only on models with 3D Knit back.

The following matrix listseach seating line and denotes fabrics that areavailable, available withexceptions, and not available.For further detail regardingexceptions, see the specificchapter within the SeatingSpecification Guide or theSurface Materials ReferenceManual.

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsU= Untested

EL = Elmosoft leatherL = LeathercSee specification pages for details.

Fire Code Seating (FCS) indicatesthat a product is constructed to meetthe strict fire code requirements ofhigh public occupancy areas.

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 264: Seating Specification Guide

Color Availability Matrix

264 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = AvailableÅÅ = Available with exceptionscSee specification pages for

details.

Ally 463 Series Outer seat, back, and arms NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Frame NNNANNNNANANNNNNNNNNNN

Amia 482 Series Base and frame NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Outer seat and back NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Arms NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool base and frame NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool foot ring NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Cachet 487 Series Swivel and 4-leg frame NNNANNNNXNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool frame NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

cobi 434 Series Base and back frame NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Arm caps, top edge, and casters NNNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Outer back ANNANANNNANNNNNNNNNNNN

Foot ring NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Criterion 453 Base, arms, outer seatSeries and back, casters NNNANNXXNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Foot ring NNNANNXXNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Drive 461 Series Base, arms, faceplate,outer seat and back,casters NNNANNNXNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

i2i 416 Series Outer back NNNNNANNNANNNNNNNNNNNN

Base and cylinder NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Tablet arm NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Jersey Series Work chair NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Guest chair NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leap 462 Series Base and ribbon frame NNNANANNANNNNNNNNNNNNN

Outer seat and back NNNANANNANNNNNNNNNNNNN

Arms NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool base and ribbon frame NNNANANNANNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool foot ring NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Leap 464 Series Back frame, arm supports,WorkLounge and base NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Max-Stacker 472 Frame and bookrack NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

and 473 Series Seat and back NNNAANAANNNAAANNNNNNNN

Tablet arm NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Move 490 Series Frame NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Back shell and arms XNXANXNNXNNNNNNNNNNNNN

node 480 Series Shell ANAANANNANNNNNAAAAAAAN

Personal worksurface NANNNANNNANNNNNNNNNANA

Tripod base NNNNNANNNANNNNNNNNNANN

Metal NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

60

09

Arc

tic W

hite

60

53

Sea

gull

60

59

Ste

rling

Dar

k S

olid

62

05

Bla

ck

62

06

Bur

gund

y

62

49

Pla

tinum

Sol

id

62

50

Cof

fee

62

56

Gra

phite

62

59

Mid

nigh

t

62

95

Nea

r B

lack

62

96

Ste

rling

63

01

Aeg

ean

63

02

Bal

tic

63

03

Pom

egra

nate

63

32

Citr

on

63

33

Pic

asso

63

34

Fla

sh

63

35

Was

abi

63

36

Jaz

z

63

37

Ele

men

t

63

38

Chi

li

66

54

San

d

Pla

stic

Cachet, Criterion, Drive, Move, and FCS models are available with 6205 Black plastic only.

Page 265: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cColor Availability Matrix, continued 265

Color Availability Matrix

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN A NNANNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NX N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNANAN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNAANNNNANAAA

NN N NNANAN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNANAN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NA N NNNNNN AAA NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANN

NN N XNXNNX NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N AAANNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

80

46

Pol

ishe

d A

lum

inum

92

01

Pol

ishe

d C

hrom

e

41

40

Arc

tic W

hite

Glo

ss

08

35

Bla

ck

47

50

Cha

mpa

gne

Met

allic

47

99

Pla

tinum

Met

allic

48

03

Nea

r B

lack

Met

allic

72

07

Bla

ck

72

39

Mid

nigh

t

70

00

Bla

ck

70

05

Cof

fee

70

11

Gra

phite

24

06

Cle

ar C

herr

y

24

09

Cle

ar M

aple

24

10

Gra

phite

Wal

nut

24

12 N

atur

al C

herr

y

24

22

Med

ium

Che

rry

25

11

Win

ter

on M

aple

25

38

Cle

ar W

alnu

t

25

39

War

m O

ak

27

14

Nat

ural

Wal

nut

27

22

Cre

am

27

30

Arc

tic W

hite

27

46

Bla

ck

27

59

War

m W

hite

2772 M

ed M

ahog

any

on W

alnu

t E

28

10

Daw

n

28

11

Mis

t

28

83

Sea

gull

28

84

Milk

28

85

Dun

e

25

T1

Win

ter

on M

aple

26

T1

Nat

ural

Che

rry

...............................................................................................................................................E = Established

Me

tal

Ac

ce

sso

ry P

ain

t

Pa

int

Se

ati

ng

Co

ati

ng

La

min

ate

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 266: Seating Specification Guide

266 Seating Specification Guide

Color Availability Matrix, continued

...............................................................................................................................................

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = AvailableÅÅ = Available with exceptionscSee specification pages for

details.

Player 475 Series Frame on chairs withsmooth arms NNNANAAANNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Smooth arms NNNANAAANNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Frame on chairs withtextured arms NNNANANANNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Textured arms NNNANANANNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Tablet arm NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Protégé 433 Series Base, arms, and sled base NNNANAANNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Arm caps and outer backshell NNNANNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Casters NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Reply 466 Series Base and arm tube NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Frame, outer back,arm caps, and casters NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Siento 499 Series Base and arm supports NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Snodgrass 474 Series Frame NNNANNAANNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Think 465 Series Base NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Frame, arm supports,and seat shell NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool frame and armsupports NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool footling NNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

Stool base NNNANANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

60

09

Arc

tic W

hite

60

53

Sea

gull

60

59

Ste

rling

Dar

k S

olid

62

05

Bla

ck

62

06

Bur

gund

y

62

49

Pla

tinum

Sol

id

62

50

Cof

fee

62

56

Gra

phite

62

59

Mid

nigh

t

62

95

Nea

r B

lack

62

96

Ste

rling

63

01

Aeg

ean

63

02

Bal

tic

63

03

Pom

egra

nate

63

32

Citr

on

63

33

Pic

asso

63

34

Fla

sh

63

35

Was

abi

63

36

Jaz

z

63

37

Ele

men

t

63

38

Chi

li

66

54

San

d

Pla

stic

Cachet, Criterion, Drive, Move, and FCS models are available with 6205 Black plastic only.

Page 267: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 267

Color Availability Matrix

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNAAAANAAAAANN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNANNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N ANANNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

NN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

AN N NNNNNN NNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN

80

46

Pol

ishe

d A

lum

inum

92

01

Pol

ishe

d C

hrom

e

41

40

Arc

tic W

hite

Glo

ss

08

35

Bla

ck

47

50

Cha

mpa

gne

Met

allic

47

99

Pla

tinum

Met

allic

48

03

Nea

r B

lack

Met

allic

72

07

Bla

ck

72

39

Mid

nigh

t

70

00

Bla

ck

70

05

Cof

fee

70

11

Gra

phite

24

06

Cle

ar C

herr

y

24

09

Cle

ar M

aple

24

10

Gra

phite

Wal

nut

24

12 N

atur

al C

herr

y

24

22

Med

ium

Che

rry

25

11

Win

ter

on M

aple

25

38

Cle

ar W

alnu

t

25

39

War

m O

ak

27

14

Nat

ural

Wal

nut

27

22

Cre

am

27

30

Arc

tic W

hite

27

46

Bla

ck

27

59

War

m W

hite

2772 M

ed M

ahog

any

on W

alnu

t E

28

10

Daw

n

28

11

Mis

t

28

83

Sea

gull

28

84

Milk

28

85

Dun

e

25

T1

Win

ter

on M

aple

26

T1

Nat

ural

Che

rry

...............................................................................................................................................

Me

tal

Ac

ce

sso

ry P

ain

t

Pa

int

Se

ati

ng

Co

ati

ng

La

min

ate

E = Established

Su

rfac

e M

ate

rials

Page 268: Seating Specification Guide

268 Seating Specification Guide

Special Features

...............................................................................................................................................

Legend

˜ = Not availableÅ = AvailableS = Standard offeringc See specification pages for details.

...............................................................................................................................................

Ally 463 Series AN S NNN NNN S NNNN

Amia 482 Series NN S NAN S NNNN S NN

Cachet 487 Series ANNNAA S ANAANNN

cobi 434 Series ANAANN S NN S ANNN

Criterion 453 Series AN S AAA S NN S A S NN

Drive 461 Series ANNNAANANNAA S NN

i2i 416 Series ANNANN NNA S NNN S

Jersey Series NNNNAANNNNAA S NN

Leap 462 Series AA S AAA S AN S A S NA

Leap 464 Series WorkLounge A S NNAANNNN S AANN

Max-Stacker 472 andNNNNNN NNN S NNANMax-Stacker II 473 Series

Move 490 Series NNNNNNNNNN S NNNN

Player 475 Series ANN S NN NNN S NNNN

Protégé 433 Series NNNNAANANNAANNN

Siento 499 Series NA S NNN NNNNNNNN

Snodgrass 474 Series ANNNNNNN S NNNNNN

Think 465 Series A S S NAA S ANNA S NA

For individual quote information, or special requests not listed above, please submit an RFQ requestform. The form may be accessed at the following: in2.steelcase.com/specialsrfq

*Maximum seat height is 33".Minimum seat height is 141⁄2" with 3" travel.

This chart providesgeneral guidelinesabout some of thetypes of special features that areavailable.

Diff

eren

t fa

bric

on

seat

and

bac

k

Hea

dres

t

Sew

n se

am u

sing

vin

yl o

r le

athe

r

Thi

cker

sea

t cu

shio

n

Spe

cial

sea

t he

ight

*

Spe

cial

sea

t he

ight

bas

e as

sem

blie

sfo

r fie

ld in

stal

latio

n

Sto

ol b

ase

Jury

bas

e

Sw

ivel

Ret

urn

Cyl

inde

r

Glid

es

Bra

king

or

reve

rse

brak

ing

cast

ers

Hig

h-pe

rfor

man

ce a

rm

Ove

rsiz

ed t

able

t ar

m

Cor

pora

te lo

go

Page 269: Seating Specification Guide

Resources

Seating Specification Guide 269

Style Number Index 270

Re

sou

rce

s

Page 270: Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

StyleNumber Page Description

416911 186 i2i 416 Work Chair

416911T 186 i2i 416 Work Chair/Tab

4331203 151 Protégé 433 Work Chair

4331223 151 Protégé 433 Work Chair

4331403 151 Protégé 433 Work Chair

4331423 151 Protégé 433 Work Chair

4333003 153 Protégé 433 Guest Chair

4333023 153 Protégé 433 Guest Chair

4335023 154 Protégé 433 Sled-Base Guest Chair

434110 177 cobi 434 Work Chair

434111 177 cobi 434 Work Chair/Arm

434710 179 cobi 434 Work Stool

434711 179 cobi 434 Work Stool/Arm

4535300 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535300D 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535301 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535301D 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535330 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330D 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330DH 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330DP 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330DW 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330H 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330P 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535330W 61 Criterion 453 MidBk Work Chair

4535331 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331D 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331DH 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331DP 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331DW 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331H 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331P 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4535331W 59 Criterion 453 HiBk Work Chair

4537300 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537300D 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537301 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537301D 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537330 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330D 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330DH 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330DP 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330DW 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330H 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330P 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537330W 65 Criterion 453 MidBk Stool

4537331 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331D 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331DH 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331DP 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331DW 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331H 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331P 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4537331W 63 Criterion 453 HiBk Stool

4539301B 67 Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair

4539331B 67 Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair

StyleNumber Page Description

4539331BH 67 Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair

4539331BW 67 Criterion Plus 453 HiBk Work Chair

4611101 129 Drive 461 Work Chair

4611111 129 Drive 461 Work Chair

4611401 129 Drive 461 Work Chair

4611411 129 Drive 461 Work Chair

46216179 27 Leap 462 Work Chair

46216189 29 Leap 462 Work Chair

46267179 31 Leap 462 Work Chair

46267189 33 Leap 462 Work Chair

463480 200 Ally 463 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chair

463482 200 Ally 463 Sled-Base Multi-Purp Chair

464LOUNGE 40 Leap 464 WorkLounge

464OTTOMAN 41 Leap 464 Ottoman

46530000 90 Think 465 Series Stool

46530100 86 Think 465 Series Stool

46531000S 91 Think 465 Series Stool

46531100S 87 Think 465 Series Stool

46532000 89 Think 465 Series Stool

46532100 85 Think 465 Series Stool

46533000 88 Think 465 Series Stool

46533100 84 Think 465 Series Stool

46540000 82 Think 465 Work Chair

46540100 78 Think 465 Work Chair

46541000S 83 Think 465 Series Work Chair

46541100S 79 Think 465 Series Work Chair

46542000 81 Think 465 Work Chair

46542100 77 Think 465 Work Chair

46543000 80 Think 465 Work Chair

46543100 76 Think 465 Work Chair

466160MP 119 Reply 466 Series Work Chair

466160MT 118 Reply 466 Series Work Chair

472410 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410BR 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410N 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410NBR 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410NTL 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410NTLB 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410NTR 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410NTRB 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410TL 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410TLB 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Seating

472410TR 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Chair

472410TRB 241 Max-Stkr 472 Stackable Chair

472BR 242 Max-Stkr 472 Bkrack Assy

472G 242 Max-Stkr 472 Alignment Device

472TAL 242 Max-Stkr 472 Tablet Arm Assy

472TAR 242 Max-Stkr 472 Tablet Arm Assy

473410 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410B 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410N 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410NB 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410NTL 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410NTLB 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410NTR 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

270 Seating Specification Guide

Style Number Index

Page 271: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide cStyle Number Index, continued 271

Style Number Index

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

StyleNumber Page Description

473410NTRB 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410TL 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410TLB 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410TR 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473410TRB 251 Max-Stkr II 473 Stackable Seating

473B 252 Max-Stkr II 473 Bkrack Assy

473D 243, 253 Max-Stkr Trans/Strg Dolly

473G 252 Max-Stkr II 473 Alignment Device

473TL 252 Max-Stkr II 473 Tablet Arm Assy

473TR 252 Max-Stkr II 473 Tablet Arm Assy

474410M 234 Snodgrass 474 Series Chair

474419M 234 Snodgrass 474 Series Chair

474419W 234 Snodgrass 474 Guest Chair

475410M 207 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475410MTL 208 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475410MTR 208 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475412M 207 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475412MC 207 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475415M 207 Player 475 Leg-Base Multi-Purp Chair

475415MC 207 Player 475 Leg-Base

475480M 209 Player 475 Sled-Base

475480MTL 210 Player 475 Sled-Base

475480MTR 210 Player 475 Sled-Base

475482M 209 Player 475 Sled-Base

475485M 209 Player 475 Sled-Base

475710M 211 Player 475 Leg-Base Stool

475712M 211 Player 475 Leg-Base Stool

475715M 211 Player 475 Leg-Base Stool

475A 212 Player 475 Alignment Device

475D 212 Player 475 Transport/Strg Dolly

475G 212 Player 475 Ganging Device

480110 194 node 480 Series Work Chair

480120 194 node 480 Series Work Chair

4821410 103 Amia 482 Series Work Chair

4821410LS 101 Amia 482 Series Work Chair

4821418 105 Amia 482 Series Chair

4827410 107 Amia 482 Series Stool

4827418 109 Amia 482 Series Stool

4871110 161 Cachet 487 Swivel-Base

4871210 161 Cachet 487 Swivel-Base

4871211 161 Cachet 487 Swivel-Base

4877110 165 Cachet 487 Stool

4877210 165 Cachet 487 Stool

4877211 165 Cachet 487 Stool

4878100 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

4878110 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

4878200 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

4878201 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

4878210 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

4878211 163 Cachet 487 Leg-Base

487BK 167 Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg

487D 169 Cachet 487 Transport/Strg Dolly

487G 169 Cachet 487Ganging/Alignment Device

487ST 168 Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg

487STBK 166 Cachet 487 Cushion Upholstery Pkg

StyleNumber Page Description

490410 221 Move 490

490410C 221 Move 490

490410CP 221 Move 490

490410P 221 Move 490

490410U 221 Move 490

490410UC 221 Move 490

490410V 218 Move 490

490410VC 218 Move 490

490412 222 Move 490

490412C 222 Move 490

490412CP 222 Move 490

490412P 222 Move 490

490412U 222 Move 490

490412UC 222 Move 490

490412V 218 Move 490

490412VC 218 Move 490

490710 225 Move 490

490710C 225 Move 490

490710CP 225 Move 490

490710P 225 Move 490

490710U 225 Move 490

490710UC 225 Move 490

490710V 219 Move 490 Value Pkg

490710VC 219 Move 490 Value Pkg

490712 226 Move 490

490712C 226 Move 490

490712CP 226 Move 490

490712P 226 Move 490

490712U 226 Move 490

490712UC 226 Move 490

490712V 219 Move 490 Value Pkg

490712VC 219 Move 490 Value Pkg

490D 227 Move Transport/Storage Dolly

490GA4 227 Move Ganging/Alignment Device

490GA7 227 Move Ganging/Alignment Device

490W 227 Move Wall Saver Bumper

499111 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499112 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499113 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499121 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499122 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499123 49 Siento Mid-Back Desk Chair

499211 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499212 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499213 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499221 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499222 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499223 49 Siento High-Back Desk Chair

499SIENTO 46 Siento Design Pkg High-Back Chair

CQCT1632 187 Collaborative Lounge Table

JERSEYV 138 Jersey Series Value Work Chair

LEAPV2 24 Leap 462 Work Chair

PROTEGEV 148 Protégé 433 Value Work Chair

TS38301 139 Jersey Chair

TS38304 140 Jersey Chair

Re

sou

rce

s

Page 272: Seating Specification Guide

272 Seating Specification Guide

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

StyleNumber Page Description

TS38305 140 Jersey Chair

TS38308 141 Jersey Chair

TS38309 141 Jersey Chair

Style Number Index, continued

Page 273: Seating Specification Guide

Seating Specification Guide 273

Style Number Index

Re

sou

rce

s

Page 274: Seating Specification Guide

Trademark List

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................

® The following are registered trademarks forproducts of Steelcase Inc. or one of its relatedcorporate entities: 4 o’clock, 900 Series, à la carte, Airtouch, Ally, Amia, Answer,Archipelago, Avenir, Ballet, Bix, BraytonInternational, Cachet, Canopy, Canto,Chancellor, Coalesse, Confidante, Context,Convene, CopyCam, Criterion, Crushed Can,Currency, Designtex, Details, Detour, Drive,Elective Elements, Ellipse, Ember Chrome,Emerge, E-Table 2, FYI, Garland, Gentry,Ginkgo Biloba, Groupwork, Ideo, Jacket,Jenny, Jersey, Kart, Kick, LaCosta, Leap, Let’s B, LiveBack, Max-Stacker, Metro,Migrations, Mitra, Montage, Nurture, Oriana,Parade, Pathways, PCT, Permiso, Player,PolyVision, Portal, Power Pincher, Progeny,Protégé, R2, Rally, Relevant, Reply, Rizzi Arc,Sensor, Series 9000, Siento, Sieste, Sine,Softcare, Springboard, Steelcase, SteelcaseDesign Partnership, Stella, Stow Davis,Swathmore, TeamWork, Technique, Texpress,Think, Thunder, Topo, Train, Turnstone,Underline, Unison, Vecta, Viridian, Walden,Werndl, and X-Stack.

® The following are a registered trademarks ofAWI Licensing Company, Dover, DE:SoundScapes, DuraBrite, BioBlock, andArmstrong.

® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Byrne Electrical, Rockford, MI:Interport and Mini-Port.

® The following is a registered trademark ofDuPont, Wilmington, DE: Corian.

® The following is a registered trademark ofGenlyte Thomas Company, Louisville, KY:Lightolier.

® The following is a registered trademark of Hilti Corporation, FL-9494 Schaan, Principality of Liechtenstein: Hilti.

® The following is a registered trademark ofLeviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,NY: Decora.

® The following is a registered trademark ofMechanical Plactics Corp, Elmsford, NY:Toggler.

® The following is a registered trademark ofMicrosoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:Microsoft.

® The following is a registered trademark ofPanduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.

® The following is a registered trademark of Trav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.

® The following is a registered trademark ofVirtual Ink, Boston, MA: mimioActive.

® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture Products:Avera, Senzo, Versal, and Wilkhahn FS.

® The following is a registered trademark ofWilsonart International, Temple, TX:Chemsurf.

® The following is a registered trademark ofWiremold, West Hartford, CT: Wiremold.

® The following is a registered trademark ofEMU Group S.P.A., Perugia, Italy: Emu

™ The following are trademarks for products ofSteelcase Inc. or one of its related corporateentities: Access, Active/Passive Shelf, Ainsley,Akira, Alcove, Alerion, alight, Amaris,American Elect, American Tradition, Answer,ap40, Arbor, Arriva, Asana, Ascot, Aspekt,Astor, Await, Bira, Bottomline, Brook, Burton,c:scape, Calla, Calm, Camber, Campfire,Capa, Cappucino, Cesar, Chester, Chord,Circa, Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, cobi,Collaboration, Community, Company, Convey,Cortex, Coupe, Crea, Crew, Cura, Cypress,Davenport, Dearborn, Deck, Déjà, Denizen,Denska, Derby, Donovan, Dune, Duo, e3, e3

ceramicsteel, e3 environmental ceramicsteel,Echo, Edge, Elsna, Empress, Enea, 3no,EnSync, Enviro, Escapade, Exchange,Exponents, Field, Flat Top, Flip Top, Flute,Folio, FreeFlow, Frontier, Galilei, Ginger,Ginkgo, Go Wall, Grip, Groove, Hatchback,Hawthorne, Hitch, Host Collection,Huddleboard, i2i, Impact, Indy, InfoLink, IOS,I-Solve, Jack, Jarrah, Jetty, Juice, Kami, Kast,Kathryn, Lark, L’Attitude, LearnLab, Lincoln,Linden, LiveSeat, Loria, Lyric, Malibu, MalibuToo, Mansfield, Marathon, Martini, Mason,Masque, media:scape, Mineral, Mingle, Mistic,Mistic Metal, Mistic Wood, Montreal, Move,Nadia, Neighbor, nesso, Nickel, Nikko, Nod,node, Norfolk, Ontrak, Oom, Opus, Orchid,Outlook Collection, Ovation, Paloma,Paperflo, Parliament, Pasio, Passarelle,Patriarch, Payback, Peek, Pile File, Pisa,Pool, PUCK, Quba, Rave, Reed, Reunion,Ripple, Riser, Rocco, Rocky, RoomWizard,Runner, Satellite, Sawyer, Senti, Sentinel,Senza, Sequoia, Session, ShareLink, Shield,Sidewalk, Skylar, Slumber, Smoke, Snug, SoftLeaf, Sonata, Sorrel, SOTO, Stationkits,Stiletto, Surprise!, Switch, Symphony, Sync,Tenaro, Terrazzo, Theorem, Topaz,Touchdown, Tour, Tower Too, Trees, Trillium,Trolly, tX2, U-Free, Uno, Verge, Waldorf,Woodruff, Workspring, and X-tenz.

™ The following is a trademark of MicrosoftCorporation, Redmond, WA: Windows.

™ The following is a trademark of RodmanIndustries, Inc., Oconomowoc, WI:ResinCore1.

™ The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather.

™ The following trademarks are used underlicense from Wilkhahn Furniture: Cana, Linus,Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable,and Tubis.

™ The following is a trademark of MBDC,Charlottesville, VA: Cradle to Cradle.

™ The following trademarks are under licensefrom Walter Knoll: Andoo, Bob, Lazlo, Ribbon,and Together

™ The following trademarks are under licensefrom PP Mobler: Bar and Flag Halyard.

™ The following trademarks are under licensefrom Viccarbe: Davos, Holy Day, Last Minute,RS, and Wrapp.

™ The following trademarks are under licensefrom Carl Hansen: Elbow, Paddle, Shell, Wing,and Wishbone.

™ The following trademarks are under licensefrom Cambridge Sound Management, LLC,Cabridge, MA: Qt PRO Soundmasking and QtQuite Technology.

™ The following is a trademark of Electri-CableAssemblies, Shelton, CT: Interact.

Trademarks used here in are the property ofSteelcase, Inc. or of their respective owners.

...............................................................................................................................................